The twelfth batch

The gpg.program configuration variable, which names a pathname to
the (custom) GPG compatible program, can now be spelled with ~tilde
expansion.

* jb/gpg-program-variable-is-a-pathname:
  gpg-interface: expand gpg.program as a path

.cirrus.yml

@@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ freebsd_task:
   env:
     GIT_PROVE_OPTS: "--timer --jobs 10"
     GIT_TEST_OPTS: "--no-chain-lint --no-bin-wrappers"
-    MAKEFLAGS: "-j4"
+    GIT_SKIP_TESTS: t7815.12
+    MAKEFLAGS: -j4
     DEFAULT_TEST_TARGET: prove
+    DEFAULT_UNIT_TEST_TARGET: unit-tests-prove
     DEVELOPER: 1
   freebsd_instance:
-    image_family: freebsd-13-4
+    image_family: freebsd-14-3
     memory: 2G
   install_script:
     pkg install -y gettext gmake perl5
@@ -19,4 +21,4 @@ freebsd_task:
   build_script:
     - su git -c gmake
   test_script:
-    - su git -c 'gmake DEFAULT_UNIT_TEST_TARGET=unit-tests-prove test unit-tests'
+    - su git -c 'gmake test unit-tests'

.clang-format

@@ -12,7 +12,15 @@ UseTab: Always
 TabWidth: 8
 IndentWidth: 8
 ContinuationIndentWidth: 8
-ColumnLimit: 80
+
+# While we do want to enforce a character limit of 80 characters, we often
+# allow lines to overflow that limit to prioritize readability. Setting a
+# character limit here with penalties has been finicky and creates too many
+# false positives.
+#
+# NEEDSWORK: It would be nice if we can find optimal settings to ensure we
+# can re-enable the limit here.
+ColumnLimit: 0
 
 # C Language specifics
 Language: Cpp
@@ -210,16 +218,11 @@ MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: 1
 # No empty line at the start of a block.
 KeepEmptyLinesAtTheStartOfBlocks: false
 
-# Penalties
-# This decides what order things should be done if a line is too long
-PenaltyBreakAssignment: 5
-PenaltyBreakBeforeFirstCallParameter: 5
-PenaltyBreakComment: 5
-PenaltyBreakFirstLessLess: 0
-PenaltyBreakOpenParenthesis: 300
-PenaltyBreakString: 5
-PenaltyExcessCharacter: 10
-PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine: 300
-
 # Don't sort #include's
 SortIncludes: false
+
+# Remove optional braces of control statements (if, else, for, and while)
+# according to the LLVM coding style. This avoids braces on simple
+# single-statement bodies of statements but keeps braces if one side of
+# if/else if/.../else cascade has multi-statement body.
+RemoveBracesLLVM: true

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -147,9 +147,13 @@ jobs:
           key: cov-build-${{ env.COVERITY_LANGUAGE }}-${{ env.COVERITY_PLATFORM }}-${{ steps.lookup.outputs.hash }}
       - name: build with cov-build
         run: |
-          export PATH="$RUNNER_TEMP/cov-analysis/bin:$PATH" &&
+          export PATH="$PATH:$RUNNER_TEMP/cov-analysis/bin" &&
           cov-configure --gcc &&
-          cov-build --dir cov-int make
+          if ! cov-build --dir cov-int make
+          then
+            cat cov-int/build-log.txt
+            exit 1
+          fi
       - name: package the build
         run: tar -czvf cov-int.tgz cov-int
       - name: submit the build to Coverity Scan

.github/workflows/main.yml

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ jobs:
         path: build
     - name: Test
       shell: pwsh
-      run: meson test -C build --list | Select-Object -Skip 1 | Select-String .* | Group-Object -Property { $_.LineNumber % 10 } | Where-Object Name -EQ ${{ matrix.nr }} | ForEach-Object { meson test -C build --no-rebuild --print-errorlogs $_.Group }
+      run: meson test -C build --no-rebuild --print-errorlogs --slice "$(1+${{ matrix.nr }})/10"
 
   regular:
     name: ${{matrix.vector.jobname}} (${{matrix.vector.pool}})

.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ test:msvc-meson:
     - job: "build:msvc-meson"
       artifacts: true
   script:
-    - meson test -C build --list | Select-Object -Skip 1 | Select-String .* | Group-Object -Property { $_.LineNumber % $Env:CI_NODE_TOTAL + 1 } | Where-Object Name -EQ $Env:CI_NODE_INDEX | ForEach-Object { meson test -C build --no-rebuild --print-errorlogs $_.Group; if (!$?) { exit $LASTEXITCODE } }
+    - meson test -C build --no-rebuild --print-errorlogs --slice $Env:CI_NODE_INDEX/$Env:CI_NODE_TOTAL
   parallel: 10
 
 test:fuzz-smoke-tests:

Documentation/BreakingChanges.adoc

@@ -118,6 +118,53 @@ Cf. <2f5de416-04ba-c23d-1e0b-83bb655829a7@zombino.com>,
 <20170223155046.e7nxivfwqqoprsqj@LykOS.localdomain>,
 <CA+EOSBncr=4a4d8n9xS4FNehyebpmX8JiUwCsXD47EQDE+DiUQ@mail.gmail.com>.
 
+* The default storage format for references in newly created repositories will
+  be changed from "files" to "reftable". The "reftable" format provides
+  multiple advantages over the "files" format:
++
+  ** It is impossible to store two references that only differ in casing on
+     case-insensitive filesystems with the "files" format. This issue is common
+     on Windows and macOS platforms. As the "reftable" backend does not use
+     filesystem paths to encode reference names this problem goes away.
+  ** Similarly, macOS normalizes path names that contain unicode characters,
+     which has the consequence that you cannot store two names with unicode
+     characters that are encoded differently with the "files" backend. Again,
+     this is not an issue with the "reftable" backend.
+  ** Deleting references with the "files" backend requires Git to rewrite the
+     complete "packed-refs" file. In large repositories with many references
+     this file can easily be dozens of megabytes in size, in extreme cases it
+     may be gigabytes. The "reftable" backend uses tombstone markers for
+     deleted references and thus does not have to rewrite all of its data.
+  ** Repository housekeeping with the "files" backend typically performs
+     all-into-one repacks of references. This can be quite expensive, and
+     consequently housekeeping is a tradeoff between the number of loose
+     references that accumulate and slow down operations that read references,
+     and compressing those loose references into the "packed-refs" file. The
+     "reftable" backend uses geometric compaction after every write, which
+     amortizes costs and ensures that the backend is always in a
+     well-maintained state.
+  ** Operations that write multiple references at once are not atomic with the
+     "files" backend. Consequently, Git may see in-between states when it reads
+     references while a reference transaction is in the process of being
+     committed to disk.
+  ** Writing many references at once is slow with the "files" backend because
+     every reference is created as a separate file. The "reftable" backend
+     significantly outperforms the "files" backend by multiple orders of
+     magnitude.
+  ** The reftable backend uses a binary format with prefix compression for
+     reference names. As a result, the format uses less space compared to the
+     "packed-refs" file.
++
+Users that get immediate benefit from the "reftable" backend could continue to
+opt-in to the "reftable" format manually by setting the "init.defaultRefFormat"
+config. But defaults matter, and we think that overall users will have a better
+experience with less platform-specific quirks when they use the new backend by
+default.
++
+A prerequisite for this change is that the ecosystem is ready to support the
+"reftable" format. Most importantly, alternative implementations of Git like
+JGit, libgit2 and Gitoxide need to support it.
+
 === Removals
 
 * Support for grafting commits has long been superseded by git-replace(1).
@@ -183,6 +230,14 @@ These features will be removed.
   timeframe, in preference to its synonym "--annotate-stdin".  Git 3.0
   removes the support for "--stdin" altogether.
 
+* The git-whatchanged(1) command has outlived its usefulness more than
+  10 years ago, and takes more keystrokes to type than its rough
+  equivalent `git log --raw`.  We have nominated the command for
+  removal, have changed the command to refuse to work unless the
+  `--i-still-use-this` option is given, and asked the users to report
+  when they do so.  So far there hasn't been a single complaint.
++
+The command will be removed.
 
 == Superseded features that will not be deprecated
 

Documentation/CodingGuidelines

@@ -315,6 +315,9 @@ For C programs:
    encouraged to have a blank line between the end of the declarations
    and the first statement in the block.
 
+ - Do not explicitly initialize global variables to 0 or NULL;
+   instead, let BSS take care of the zero initialization.
+
  - NULL pointers shall be written as NULL, not as 0.
 
  - When declaring pointers, the star sides with the variable
@@ -877,6 +880,17 @@ Characters are also surrounded by underscores:
 As a side effect, backquoted placeholders are correctly typeset, but
 this style is not recommended.
 
+ When documenting multiple related `git config` variables, place them on
+ a separate line instead of separating them by commas.  For example, do
+ not write this:
+   `core.var1`, `core.var2`::
+	Description common to `core.var1` and `core.var2`.
+
+Instead write this:
+   `core.var1`::
+   `core.var2`::
+	Description common to `core.var1` and `core.var2`.
+
 Synopsis Syntax
 
  The synopsis (a paragraph with [synopsis] attribute) is automatically

Documentation/Makefile

@@ -510,7 +510,12 @@ lint-docs-meson:
 	awk "/^manpages = {$$/ {flag=1 ; next } /^}$$/ { flag=0 } flag { gsub(/^  \047/, \"\"); gsub(/\047 : [157],\$$/, \"\"); print }" meson.build | \
 		grep -v -e '#' -e '^$$' | \
 		sort >tmp-meson-diff/meson.adoc && \
-	ls git*.adoc scalar.adoc | grep -v -e git-bisect-lk2009.adoc -e git-pack-redundant.adoc -e git-tools.adoc >tmp-meson-diff/actual.adoc && \
+	ls git*.adoc scalar.adoc | \
+		grep -v -e git-bisect-lk2009.adoc \
+			-e git-pack-redundant.adoc \
+			-e git-tools.adoc \
+			-e git-whatchanged.adoc \
+			>tmp-meson-diff/actual.adoc && \
 	if ! cmp tmp-meson-diff/meson.adoc tmp-meson-diff/actual.adoc; then \
 		echo "Meson man pages differ from actual man pages:"; \
 		diff -u tmp-meson-diff/meson.adoc tmp-meson-diff/actual.adoc; \

Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.adoc

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Open up a new file `builtin/walken.c` and set up the command handler:
 #include "builtin.h"
 #include "trace.h"
 
-int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix)
+int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, struct repository *repo)
 {
 	trace_printf(_("cmd_walken incoming...\n"));
 	return 0;
@@ -83,23 +83,36 @@ int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix)
 }
 ----
 
-Also add the relevant line in `builtin.h` near `cmd_whatchanged()`:
+Also add the relevant line in `builtin.h` near `cmd_version()`:
 
 ----
-int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix);
+int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, struct repository *repo);
 ----
 
-Include the command in `git.c` in `commands[]` near the entry for `whatchanged`,
+Include the command in `git.c` in `commands[]` near the entry for `version`,
 maintaining alphabetical ordering:
 
 ----
 { "walken", cmd_walken, RUN_SETUP },
 ----
 
-Add it to the `Makefile` near the line for `builtin/worktree.o`:
+Add an entry for the new command in the both the Make and Meson build system,
+before the entry for `worktree`:
 
+- In the `Makefile`:
 ----
+...
 BUILTIN_OBJS += builtin/walken.o
+...
+----
+
+- In the `meson.build` file:
+----
+builtin_sources = [
+   ...
+  'builtin/walken.c',
+   ...
+]
 ----
 
 Build and test out your command, without forgetting to ensure the `DEVELOPER`
@@ -193,7 +206,7 @@ initialization functions.
 
 Next, we should have a look at any relevant configuration settings (i.e.,
 settings readable and settable from `git config`). This is done by providing a
-callback to `git_config()`; within that callback, you can also invoke methods
+callback to `repo_config()`; within that callback, you can also invoke methods
 from other components you may need that need to intercept these options. Your
 callback will be invoked once per each configuration value which Git knows about
 (global, local, worktree, etc.).
@@ -221,14 +234,14 @@ static int git_walken_config(const char *var, const char *value,
 }
 ----
 
-Make sure to invoke `git_config()` with it in your `cmd_walken()`:
+Make sure to invoke `repo_config()` with it in your `cmd_walken()`:
 
 ----
-int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix)
+int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, struct repository *repo)
 {
 	...
 
-	git_config(git_walken_config, NULL);
+	repo_config(repo, git_walken_config, NULL);
 
 	...
 }
@@ -250,14 +263,14 @@ We'll also need to include the `revision.h` header:
 
 ...
 
-int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix)
+int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, struct repository *repo)
 {
 	/* This can go wherever you like in your declarations.*/
 	struct rev_info rev;
 	...
 
-	/* This should go after the git_config() call. */
-	repo_init_revisions(the_repository, &rev, prefix);
+	/* This should go after the repo_config() call. */
+	repo_init_revisions(repo, &rev, prefix);
 
 	...
 }
@@ -305,7 +318,7 @@ Then let's invoke `final_rev_info_setup()` after the call to
 `repo_init_revisions()`:
 
 ----
-int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix)
+int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, struct repository *repo)
 {
 	...
 

Documentation/RelNotes/2.43.7.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+Git v2.43.7 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release includes fixes for CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614,
+CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and
+CVE-2025-48386.
+
+Fixes since v2.43.6
+-------------------
+
+ * CVE-2025-27613, Gitk:
+
+   When a user clones an untrusted repository and runs Gitk without
+   additional command arguments, any writable file can be created and
+   truncated. The option "Support per-file encoding" must have been
+   enabled. The operation "Show origin of this line" is affected as
+   well, regardless of the option being enabled or not.
+
+ * CVE-2025-27614, Gitk:
+
+   A Git repository can be crafted in such a way that a user who has
+   cloned the repository can be tricked into running any script
+   supplied by the attacker by invoking `gitk filename`, where
+   `filename` has a particular structure.
+
+ * CVE-2025-46334, Git GUI (Windows only):
+
+   A malicious repository can ship versions of sh.exe or typical
+   textconv filter programs such as astextplain. On Windows, path
+   lookup can find such executables in the worktree. These programs
+   are invoked when the user selects "Git Bash" or "Browse Files" from
+   the menu.
+
+ * CVE-2025-46835, Git GUI:
+
+   When a user clones an untrusted repository and is tricked into
+   editing a file located in a maliciously named directory in the
+   repository, then Git GUI can create and overwrite any writable
+   file.
+
+ * CVE-2025-48384, Git:
+
+   When reading a config value, Git strips any trailing carriage
+   return and line feed (CRLF). When writing a config entry, values
+   with a trailing CR are not quoted, causing the CR to be lost when
+   the config is later read.  When initializing a submodule, if the
+   submodule path contains a trailing CR, the altered path is read
+   resulting in the submodule being checked out to an incorrect
+   location. If a symlink exists that points the altered path to the
+   submodule hooks directory, and the submodule contains an executable
+   post-checkout hook, the script may be unintentionally executed
+   after checkout.
+
+ * CVE-2025-48385, Git:
+
+   When cloning a repository Git knows to optionally fetch a bundle
+   advertised by the remote server, which allows the server-side to
+   offload parts of the clone to a CDN. The Git client does not
+   perform sufficient validation of the advertised bundles, which
+   allows the remote side to perform protocol injection.
+
+   This protocol injection can cause the client to write the fetched
+   bundle to a location controlled by the adversary. The fetched
+   content is fully controlled by the server, which can in the worst
+   case lead to arbitrary code execution.
+
+ * CVE-2025-48386, Git:
+
+   The wincred credential helper uses a static buffer (`target`) as a
+   unique key for storing and comparing against internal storage. This
+   credential helper does not properly bounds check the available
+   space remaining in the buffer before appending to it with
+   `wcsncat()`, leading to potential buffer overflows.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.44.4.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Git v2.44.4 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appears in v2.43.7 to address
+the following CVEs: CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614, CVE-2025-46334,
+CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and CVE-2025-48386.
+See the release notes for v2.43.7 for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.45.4.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Git v2.45.4 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appears in v2.43.7, and v2.44.4
+to address the following CVEs: CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614,
+CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and
+CVE-2025-48386. See the release notes for v2.43.7 for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.46.4.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Git v2.46.4 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appears in v2.43.7, v2.44.4, and
+v2.45.4 to address the following CVEs: CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614,
+CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and
+CVE-2025-48386. See the release notes for v2.43.7 for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.47.3.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Git v2.47.3 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appears in v2.43.7, v2.44.4,
+v2.45.4, and v2.46.4 to address the following CVEs: CVE-2025-27613,
+CVE-2025-27614, CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384,
+CVE-2025-48385, and CVE-2025-48386. See the release notes for v2.43.7
+for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.48.2.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Git v2.48.2 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appears in v2.43.7, v2.44.4,
+v2.45.4, v2.46.4, and v2.47.3 to address the following CVEs:
+CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614, CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835,
+CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and CVE-2025-48386. See the release
+notes for v2.43.7 for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.49.1.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Git v2.49.1 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.43.7, v2.44.4,
+v2.45.4, v2.46.4, v2.47.3, and v2.48.2 to address the following CVEs:
+CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614, CVE-2025-46334, CVE-2025-46835,
+CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and CVE-2025-48386. See the release
+notes for v2.43.7 for details.
+
+It also contains some updates to various CI bits to work around
+and/or to adjust to the deprecation of use of Ubuntu 20.04 GitHub
+Actions CI, updates to to Fedora base image.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.50.0.adoc

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features
  * Auth-related (and unrelated) error handling in send-email has been
    made more robust.
 
- * Updating multiple references have only been possible in all-or-none
+ * Updating multiple references have only been possible in an all-or-nothing
    fashion with transactions, but it can be more efficient to batch
    multiple updates even when some of them are allowed to fail in a
    best-effort manner.  A new "best effort batches of updates" mode
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features
 
  * The build procedure installs bash (but not zsh) completion script.
 
- * send-email has been updated to work better with Outlook's smtp server.
+ * send-email has been updated to work better with Outlook's SMTP server.
 
  * "git diff --minimal" used to give non-minimal output when its
    optimization kicked in, which has been disabled.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features
    delta chains from forming in a corner case even when there is no
    such cycle.
 
- * Make repository clean-up tasks "gc" can do available to "git
+ * Make repository clean-up tasks that "gc" can do available to "git
    maintenance" front-end.
 
  * Bundle-URI feature did not use refs recorded in the bundle other
@@ -89,6 +89,8 @@ UI, Workflows & Features
    check, which can be useful when the repository arranges to ensure
    connectivity by some other means.
 
+ * "git notes --help" documentation updates.
+
 
 Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
 --------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -100,7 +102,9 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
  * "git fsck" becomes more careful when checking the refs.
 
  * "git fast-export | git fast-import" learns to deal with commit and
-   tag objects with embedded signatures a bit better.
+   tag objects with embedded signatures a bit better.  This is highly
+   experimental and the format of the data stream may change in the
+   future without compatibility guarantees.
 
  * The code paths to check whether a refname X is available (by seeing
    if another ref X/Y exists, etc.) have been optimized.
@@ -184,7 +188,7 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
    been dropped.
 
  * The code path to access the "packed-refs" file while "fsck" is
-   taught to mmap the file, instead of reading the whole file in the
+   taught to mmap the file, instead of reading the whole file into
    memory.
 
  * Assorted fixes for issues found with CodeQL.
@@ -193,6 +197,21 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
    do not pass the leak checker tests, as they should no longer be
    needed.
 
+ * When a stale .midx file refers to .pack files that no longer exist,
+   we ended up checking for these non-existent files repeatedly, which
+   has been optimized by memoizing the non-existence.
+
+ * Build settings have been improved for BSD based systems.
+
+ * Newer version of libcURL detected curl_easy_setopt() calls we made
+   with platform-natural "int" when we should have used "long", which
+   all have been corrected.
+
+ * Tests that compare $HOME and $(pwd), which should be the same
+   directory unless the tests chdir's around, would fail when the user
+   enters the test directory via symbolic links, which has been
+   corrected.
+
 
 Fixes since v2.49
 -----------------
@@ -292,7 +311,7 @@ Fixes since v2.49
    (merge e7ef4be7c2 mh/left-right-limited later to maint).
 
  * Document the convention to disable hooks altogether by setting the
-   hooksPath configuration variable to /dev/nulll
+   hooksPath configuration variable to /dev/null.
    (merge 1b2eee94f1 ds/doc-disable-hooks later to maint).
 
  * Make sure outage of third-party sites that supply P4, Git-LFS, and
@@ -308,8 +327,10 @@ Fixes since v2.49
  * Fix for scheduled maintenance tasks on platforms using launchctl.
    (merge eb2d7beb0e jh/gc-launchctl-schedule-fix later to maint).
 
- * Update to arm64 Windows port.
-   (merge 436a42215e js/windows-arm64 later to maint).
+ * Update to arm64 Windows port (part of which had been reverted as it
+   broke builds for existing platforms, which may need to be redone in
+   future releases).
+
  * hashmap API clean-up to ensure hashmap_clear() leaves a cleared map
    in a reusable state.
    (merge 9481877de3 en/hashmap-clear-fix later to maint).
@@ -343,7 +364,7 @@ Fixes since v2.49
    (merge 5dbaec628d pw/sequencer-reflog-use-after-free later to maint).
 
  * win+Meson CI pipeline, unlike other pipelines for Windows,
-   used to build artifacts in develper mode, which has been changed to
+   used to build artifacts in developer mode, which has been changed to
    build them in release mode for consistency.
    (merge 184abdcf05 js/ci-build-win-in-release-mode later to maint).
 
@@ -355,6 +376,36 @@ Fixes since v2.49
    expand sparse-index while working.
    (merge ecf9ba20e3 ds/sparse-apply-add-p later to maint).
 
+ * Avoid adding directory path to a sparse-index tree entries to the
+   name-hash, since they would bloat the hashtable without anybody
+   querying for them.  This was done already for a single threaded
+   part of the code, but now the multi-threaded code also does the
+   same.
+   (merge 2e60aabc75 am/sparse-index-name-hash-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Recent versions of Perl started warning against "! A =~ /pattern/"
+   which does not negate the result of the matching.  As it turns out
+   that the problematic function is not even called, it was removed.
+   (merge 67cae845d2 op/cvsserver-perl-warning later to maint).
+
+ * "git apply --index/--cached" when applying a deletion patch in
+   reverse failed to give the mode bits of the path "removed" by the
+   patch to the file it creates, which has been corrected.
+
+ * "git verify-refs" errored out in a repository in which
+   linked worktrees were prepared with Git 2.43 or lower.
+   (merge d5b3c38b8a sj/ref-contents-check-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Update total_ram() function on BSD variants.
+
+ * Update online_cpus() function on BSD variants.
+
+ * Revert a botched bswap.h change that broke ntohll() functions on
+   big-endian systems with __builtin_bswap32/64().
+
+ * Fixes for GitHub Actions Coverity job.
+   (merge 3cc4fc1ebd js/github-ci-win-coverity-fix later to maint).
+
  * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc.
    (merge 227c4f33a0 ja/doc-block-delimiter-markup-fix later to maint).
    (merge 2bfd3b3685 ab/decorate-code-cleanup later to maint).
@@ -387,3 +438,4 @@ Fixes since v2.49
    (merge 91db6c735d ly/reftable-writer-leakfix later to maint).
    (merge 20e4e9ad0b jc/doc-synopsis-option-markup later to maint).
    (merge cddcee7f64 es/meson-configure-build-options-fix later to maint).
+   (merge cea9f55f00 wk/sparse-checkout-doc-fix later to maint).

Documentation/RelNotes/2.50.1.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Git v2.50.1 Release Notes
+=========================
+
+This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.43.7, v2.44.4,
+v2.45.4, v2.46.4, v2.47.3, v2.48.2, and v2.49.1 to address the
+following CVEs: CVE-2025-27613, CVE-2025-27614, CVE-2025-46334,
+CVE-2025-46835, CVE-2025-48384, CVE-2025-48385, and
+CVE-2025-48386. See the release notes for v2.43.7 for details.

Documentation/RelNotes/2.51.0.adoc

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+Git v2.51 Release Notes
+=======================
+
+UI, Workflows & Features
+------------------------
+
+ * Userdiff patterns for the R language have been added.
+
+ * Documentation for "git send-email" has been updated with a bit more
+   credential helper and OAuth information.
+
+ * "git cat-file --batch" learns to understand %(objectmode) atom to
+   allow the caller to tell missing objects (due to repository
+   corruption) and submodules (whose commit objects are OK to be
+   missing) apart.
+
+ * "git diff --no-index dirA dirB" can limit the comparison with
+   pathspec at the end of the command line, just like normal "git
+   diff".
+
+ * "git subtree" (in contrib/) learned to grok GPG signing its commits.
+
+ * "git whatchanged" that is longer to type than "git log --raw"
+   which is its modern rough equivalent has outlived its usefulness
+   more than 10 years ago.  Plan to deprecate and remove it.
+
+ * An interchange format for stash entries is defined, and subcommand
+   of "git stash" to import/export has been added.
+
+ * "git merge/pull" has been taught the "--compact-summary" option to
+   use the compact-summary format, intead of diffstat, when showing
+   the summary of the incoming changes.
+
+ * "git imap-send" has been broken for a long time, which has been
+   resurrected and then taught to talk OAuth2.0 etc.
+
+ * Some error messages from "git imap-send" has been updated.
+
+ * When "git daemon" sees a signal while attempting to accept() a new
+   client, instead of retrying, it skipped it by mistake, which has
+   been corrected.
+
+ * The reftable ref backend has matured enough; Git 3.0 will make it
+   the default format in a newly created repositories by default.
+
+ * "netrc" credential helper has been improved to understand textual
+   service names (like smtp) in addition to the numeric port numbers
+   (like 25).
+
+
+Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc.
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ * "git pack-objects" learned to find delta bases from blobs at the
+   same path, using the --path-walk API.
+
+ * CodingGuidelines update.
+
+ * Add settings for Solaris 10 & 11.
+
+ * Meson-based build/test framework now understands TAP output
+   generated by our tests.
+
+ * "Do not explicitly initialize to zero" rule has been clarified in
+   the CodingGuidelines document.
+
+ * A test helper "test_seq" function learned the "-f <fmt>" option,
+   which allowed us to simplify a lot of test scripts.
+
+ * A lot of stale stuff has been removed from the contrib/ hierarchy.
+
+ * "git push" and "git fetch" are taught to update refs in batches to
+   gain performance.
+
+ * Some code paths in the "git prune" used to ignore passed in
+   repository object and used the_repository singleton instance
+   instead, which has been corrected.
+
+ * Update ".clang-format" and ".editorconfig" to match our style guide
+   a bit better.
+
+ * "make coccicheck" succeeds even when spatch made suggestions, which
+   has been updated to fail in such a case.
+
+ * Code clean-up around object access API.
+
+ * Define .precision to more canned parse-options type to avoid bugs
+   coming from using a variable with a wrong type to capture the
+   parsed values.
+
+ * Flipping the default hash function to SHA-256 at Git 3.0 boundary
+   is planned.
+
+
+Fixes since v2.50
+-----------------
+
+Unless otherwise noted, all the changes in 2.50.X maintenance track,
+including security updates, are included in this release.
+
+ * A memory-leak in an error code path has been plugged.
+   (merge 7082da85cb ly/commit-graph-graph-write-leakfix later to maint).
+
+ * A memory-leak in an error code path has been plugged.
+   (merge aedebdb6b9 ly/fetch-pack-leakfix later to maint).
+
+ * Some leftover references to documentation source files that no
+   longer exist, due to recent ".txt" -> ".adoc" renaming, have been
+   corrected.
+   (merge 3717a5775a jw/doc-txt-to-adoc-refs later to maint).
+
+ * "git stash -p <pathspec>" improvements.
+   (merge 468817bab2 pw/stash-p-pathspec-fixes later to maint).
+
+ * "git send-email" incremented its internal message counter when a
+   message was edited, which made logic that treats the first message
+   specially misbehave, which has been corrected.
+   (merge 2cc27b3501 ag/send-email-edit-threading-fix later to maint).
+
+ * "git stash" recorded a wrong branch name when submodules are
+   present in the current checkout, which has been corrected.
+   (merge ffb36c64f2 kj/stash-onbranch-submodule-fix later to maint).
+
+ * When asking to apply mailmap to both author and committer field
+   while showing a commit object, the field that appears later was not
+   correctly parsed and replaced, which has been corrected.
+   (merge abf94a283f sa/multi-mailmap-fix later to maint).
+
+ * "git maintenance" lacked the care "git gc" had to avoid holding
+   onto the repository lock for too long during packing refs, which
+   has been remedied.
+   (merge 1b5074e614 ps/maintenance-ref-lock later to maint).
+
+ * Avoid regexp_constraint and instead use comparison_constraint when
+   listing functions to exclude from application of coccinelle rules,
+   as spatch can be built with different regexp engine X-<.
+   (merge f2ad545813 jc/cocci-avoid-regexp-constraint later to maint).
+
+ * Updating submodules from the upstream did not work well when
+   submodule's HEAD is detached, which has been improved.
+   (merge ca62f524c1 jk/submodule-remote-lookup-cleanup later to maint).
+
+ * Remove unnecessary check from "git daemon" code.
+   (merge 0c856224d2 cb/daemon-fd-check-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Use of sysctl() system call to learn the total RAM size used on
+   BSDs has been corrected.
+   (merge 781c1cf571 cb/total-ram-bsd-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Drop FreeBSD 4 support and declare that we support only FreeBSD 12
+   or later, which has memmem() supported.
+   (merge 0392f976a7 bs/config-mak-freebsd later to maint).
+
+ * A diff-filter with negative-only specification like "git log
+   --diff-filter=d" did not trigger correctly, which has been fixed.
+   (merge 375ac087c5 jk/all-negative-diff-filter-fix later to maint).
+
+ * A failure to open the index file for writing due to conflicting
+   access did not state what went wrong, which has been corrected.
+   (merge 9455397a5c hy/read-cache-lock-error-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Tempfile removal fix in the codepath to sign commits with SSH keys.
+   (merge 4498127b04 re/ssh-sign-buffer-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Code and test clean-up around string-list API.
+   (merge 6e5b26c3ff sj/string-list later to maint).
+
+ * "git apply -N" should start from the current index and register
+   only new files, but it instead started from an empty index, which
+   has been corrected.
+   (merge 2b49d97fcb rp/apply-intent-to-add-fix later to maint).
+
+ * Leakfix with a new and a bit invasive test on pack-bitmap files.
+   (merge bfd5522e98 ly/load-bitmap-leakfix later to maint).
+
+ * "git fetch --prune" used to be O(n^2) expensive when there are many
+   refs, which has been corrected.
+   (merge 87d8d8c5d0 ph/fetch-prune-optim later to maint).
+
+ * When a ref creation at refs/heads/foo/bar fails, the files backend
+   now removes refs/heads/foo/ if the directory is otherwise not used.
+   (merge a3a7f20516 ps/refs-files-remove-empty-parent later to maint).
+
+ * "pack-objects" has been taught to avoid pointing into objects in
+   cruft packs from midx.
+
+ * "git remote" now detects remote names that overlap with each other
+   (e.g., remote nickname "outer" and "outer/inner" are used at the
+   same time), as it will lead to overlapping remote-tracking
+   branches.
+   (merge a5a727c448 jk/remote-avoid-overlapping-names later to maint).
+
+ * The gpg.program configuration variable, which names a pathname to
+   the (custom) GPG compatible program, can now be spelled with ~tilde
+   expansion.
+   (merge 7d275cd5c0 jb/gpg-program-variable-is-a-pathname later to maint).
+
+ * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc.
+   (merge b257adb571 lo/my-first-ow-doc-update later to maint).
+   (merge 8b34b6a220 ly/sequencer-update-squash-is-fixup-only later to maint).
+   (merge 5dceb8bd05 ly/do-not-localize-bug-messages later to maint).
+   (merge 61372dd613 ly/commit-buffer-reencode-leakfix later to maint).
+   (merge 81cd1eef7d ly/pack-bitmap-root-leakfix later to maint).
+   (merge bfc9f9cc64 ly/submodule-update-failure-leakfix later to maint).
+   (merge 65dff89c6b ma/doc-diff-cc-headers later to maint).
+   (merge efb61591ee jm/bundle-uri-debug-output-to-fp later to maint).
+   (merge a3d278bb64 ly/prepare-show-merge-leakfix later to maint).
+   (merge 1fde1c5daf ac/preload-index-wo-the-repository later to maint).
+   (merge 855cfc65ae rm/t2400-modernize later to maint).
+   (merge 2939494284 ly/run-builtin-use-passed-in-repo later to maint).
+   (merge ff73f375bb jg/mailinfo-leakfix later to maint).
+   (merge 996f14c02b jj/doc-branch-markup-fix later to maint).
+   (merge 1e77de1864 cb/ci-freebsd-update-to-14.3 later to maint).
+   (merge b0e9d25865 jk/fix-leak-send-pack later to maint).
+   (merge f3a9558c8c bs/remote-helpers-doc-markup-fix later to maint).
+   (merge c4e9775c60 kh/doc-config-subcommands later to maint).
+   (merge de404249ab ps/perlless-test-fixes later to maint).
+   (merge 953049eed8 ts/merge-orig-head-doc-fix later to maint).
+   (merge 0c83bbc704 rj/freebsd-sysinfo-build-fix later to maint).
+   (merge ad7780b38f ps/doc-pack-refs-auto-with-files-backend-fix later to maint).
+   (merge f4fa8a3687 rh/doc-glob-pathspec-fix later to maint).
+   (merge b27be108c8 ja/doc-git-log-markup later to maint).

Documentation/asciidoc.conf.in

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ifdef::doctype-book[]
 endif::doctype-book[]
 
 [literal-inlinemacro]
-{eval:re.sub(r'(&lt;[-a-zA-Z0-9.]+&gt;)', r'<emphasis>\1</emphasis>', re.sub(r'([\[\s|()>]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@\\\*\/_^\$]+\.?)+|,)',r'\1<literal>\2</literal>', re.sub(r'(\.\.\.?)([^\]$.])', r'<literal>\1</literal>\2', macros.passthroughs[int(attrs['passtext'][1:-1])] if attrs['passtext'][1:-1].isnumeric() else attrs['passtext'][1:-1])))}
+{eval:re.sub(r'(&lt;[-a-zA-Z0-9.]+&gt;)', r'<emphasis>\1</emphasis>', re.sub(r'([\[\s|()>]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@\\\*\/_^\$%]+\.?)+|,)',r'\1<literal>\2</literal>', re.sub(r'(\.\.\.?)([^\]$.])', r'<literal>\1</literal>\2', macros.passthroughs[int(attrs['passtext'][1:-1])] if attrs['passtext'][1:-1].isnumeric() else attrs['passtext'][1:-1])))}
 
 endif::backend-docbook[]
 

Documentation/asciidoctor-extensions.rb.in

@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ module Git
         elsif type == :monospaced
           node.text.gsub(/(\.\.\.?)([^\]$\.])/, '<literal>\1</literal>\2')
               .gsub(/^\.\.\.?$/, '<literal>\0</literal>')
-              .gsub(%r{([\[\s|()>.]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@/_^\$\\\*]+\.{0,2})+|,)}, '\1<literal>\2</literal>')
+              .gsub(%r{([\[\s|()>.]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@/_^\$\\\*%]+\.{0,2})+|,)}, '\1<literal>\2</literal>')
               .gsub(/(&lt;[-a-zA-Z0-9.]+&gt;)/, '<emphasis>\1</emphasis>')
         else
           open, close, supports_phrase = QUOTE_TAGS[type]
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ module Git
         if node.type == :monospaced
           node.text.gsub(/(\.\.\.?)([^\]$.])/, '<code>\1</code>\2')
               .gsub(/^\.\.\.?$/, '<code>\0</code>')
-              .gsub(%r{([\[\s|()>.]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@,/_^\$\\\*]+\.{0,2})+)}, '\1<code>\2</code>')
+              .gsub(%r{([\[\s|()>.]|^|\]|&gt;)(\.?([-a-zA-Z0-9:+=~@,/_^\$\\\*%]+\.{0,2})+)}, '\1<code>\2</code>')
               .gsub(/(&lt;[-a-zA-Z0-9.]+&gt;)/, '<em>\1</em>')
 
         else

Documentation/config/branch.adoc

@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ This option defaults to `never`.
 	`git fetch`) to lookup the default branch for merging. Without
 	this option, `git pull` defaults to merge the first refspec fetched.
 	Specify multiple values to get an octopus merge.
-	If you wish to setup `git pull` so that it merges into <name> from
+	If you wish to setup `git pull` so that it merges into _<name>_ from
 	another branch in the local repository, you can point
-	branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path
+	`branch.<name>.merge` to the desired branch, and use the relative path
 	setting `.` (a period) for `branch.<name>.remote`.
 
 `branch.<name>.mergeOptions`::

Documentation/config/checkout.adoc

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-checkout.defaultRemote::
+`checkout.defaultRemote`::
 	When you run `git checkout <something>`
 	or `git switch <something>` and only have one
 	remote, it may implicitly fall back on checking out and
 	tracking e.g. `origin/<something>`. This stops working as soon
-	as you have more than one remote with a `<something>`
+	as you have more than one remote with a _<something>_
 	reference. This setting allows for setting the name of a
 	preferred remote that should always win when it comes to
 	disambiguation. The typical use-case is to set this to
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ checkout.defaultRemote::
 Currently this is used by linkgit:git-switch[1] and
 linkgit:git-checkout[1] when `git checkout <something>`
 or `git switch <something>`
-will checkout the `<something>` branch on another remote,
+will checkout the _<something>_ branch on another remote,
 and by linkgit:git-worktree[1] when `git worktree add` refers to a
 remote branch. This setting might be used for other checkout-like
 commands or functionality in the future.
 
-checkout.guess::
+`checkout.guess`::
 	Provides the default value for the `--guess` or `--no-guess`
 	option in `git checkout` and `git switch`. See
 	linkgit:git-switch[1] and linkgit:git-checkout[1].
 
-checkout.workers::
+`checkout.workers`::
 	The number of parallel workers to use when updating the working tree.
 	The default is one, i.e. sequential execution. If set to a value less
 	than one, Git will use as many workers as the number of logical cores
@@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ checkout.workers::
 	all commands that perform checkout. E.g. checkout, clone, reset,
 	sparse-checkout, etc.
 +
-Note: Parallel checkout usually delivers better performance for repositories
+NOTE: Parallel checkout usually delivers better performance for repositories
 located on SSDs or over NFS. For repositories on spinning disks and/or machines
 with a small number of cores, the default sequential checkout often performs
 better. The size and compression level of a repository might also influence how
 well the parallel version performs.
 
-checkout.thresholdForParallelism::
+`checkout.thresholdForParallelism`::
 	When running parallel checkout with a small number of files, the cost
 	of subprocess spawning and inter-process communication might outweigh
 	the parallelization gains. This setting allows you to define the minimum

Documentation/config/commit.adoc

@@ -8,10 +8,11 @@ endif::git-commit[]
 	This setting overrides the default of the `--cleanup` option in
 	`git commit`. {see-git-commit} Changing the default can be useful
 	when you always want to keep lines that begin
-	with the comment character `#` in your log message, in which case you
+	with the comment character (`core.commentChar`, default `#`)
+	in your log message, in which case you
 	would do `git config commit.cleanup whitespace` (note that you will
-	have to remove the help lines that begin with `#` in the commit log
-	template yourself, if you do this).
+	have to remove the help lines that begin with the comment character
+	in the commit log template yourself, if you do this).
 
 `commit.gpgSign`::
 	A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed.

Documentation/config/feature.adoc

@@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ walking fewer objects.
 +
 * `pack.allowPackReuse=multi` may improve the time it takes to create a pack by
 reusing objects from multiple packs instead of just one.
++
+* `pack.usePathWalk` may speed up packfile creation and make the packfiles be
+significantly smaller in the presence of certain filename collisions with Git's
+default name-hash.
++
+* `init.defaultRefFormat=reftable` causes newly initialized repositories to use
+the reftable format for storing references. This new format solves issues with
+case-insensitive filesystems, compresses better and performs significantly
+better with many use cases. Refer to Documentation/technical/reftable.adoc for
+more information on this new storage format.
 
 feature.manyFiles::
 	Enable config options that optimize for repos with many files in the

Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.adoc

@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
-merge.branchdesc::
+`merge.branchdesc`::
 	In addition to branch names, populate the log message with
 	the branch description text associated with them.  Defaults
 	to false.
 
-merge.log::
+`merge.log`::
 	In addition to branch names, populate the log message with at
 	most the specified number of one-line descriptions from the
 	actual commits that are being merged.  Defaults to false, and
 	true is a synonym for 20.
 
-merge.suppressDest::
+`merge.suppressDest`::
 	By adding a glob that matches the names of integration
 	branches to this multi-valued configuration variable, the
 	default merge message computed for merges into these
-	integration branches will omit "into <branch name>" from
+	integration branches will omit "into _<branch-name>_" from
 	its title.
 +
 An element with an empty value can be used to clear the list

Documentation/config/format.adoc

@@ -68,9 +68,15 @@ format.encodeEmailHeaders::
 	Defaults to true.
 
 format.pretty::
+ifndef::with-breaking-changes[]
 	The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command.
 	See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1],
 	linkgit:git-whatchanged[1].
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
+ifdef::with-breaking-changes[]
+	The default pretty format for log/show command.
+	See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1].
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
 
 format.thread::
 	The default threading style for 'git format-patch'.  Can be

Documentation/config/gitcvs.adoc

@@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ gitcvs.dbDriver::
 	May not contain double colons (`:`). Default: 'SQLite'.
 	See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1].
 
-gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass::
+gitcvs.dbUser::
+gitcvs.dbPass::
 	Database user and password. Only useful if setting `gitcvs.dbDriver`,
 	since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords.
 	'gitcvs.dbUser' supports variable substitution (see

Documentation/config/gpg.adoc

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 gpg.program::
-	Use this custom program instead of "`gpg`" found on `$PATH` when
+	Pathname of the program to use instead of "`gpg`" when
 	making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the
 	same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached
 	signature, "`gpg --verify $signature - <$file`" is run, and the

Documentation/config/http.adoc

@@ -289,7 +289,8 @@ for most push problems, but can increase memory consumption
 significantly since the entire buffer is allocated even for small
 pushes.
 
-http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime::
+http.lowSpeedLimit::
+http.lowSpeedTime::
 	If the HTTP transfer speed, in bytes per second, is less than
 	'http.lowSpeedLimit' for longer than 'http.lowSpeedTime' seconds,
 	the transfer is aborted.

Documentation/config/imap.adoc

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 imap.folder::
 	The folder to drop the mails into, which is typically the Drafts
-	folder. For example: "INBOX.Drafts", "INBOX/Drafts" or
-	"[Gmail]/Drafts". Required.
+	folder. For example: `INBOX.Drafts`, `INBOX/Drafts` or
+	`[Gmail]/Drafts`. The IMAP folder to interact with MUST be specified;
+	the value of this configuration variable is used as the fallback
+	default value when the `--folder` option is not given.
 
 imap.tunnel::
 	Command used to set up a tunnel to the IMAP server through which
@@ -40,5 +42,6 @@ imap.authMethod::
 	Specify the authentication method for authenticating with the IMAP server.
 	If Git was built with the NO_CURL option, or if your curl version is older
 	than 7.34.0, or if you're running git-imap-send with the `--no-curl`
-	option, the only supported method is 'CRAM-MD5'. If this is not set
-	then 'git imap-send' uses the basic IMAP plaintext LOGIN command.
+	option, the only supported methods are `PLAIN`, `CRAM-MD5`, `OAUTHBEARER`
+	and `XOAUTH2`. If this is not set then `git imap-send` uses the basic IMAP
+	plaintext `LOGIN` command.

Documentation/config/log.adoc

@@ -1,64 +1,76 @@
-log.abbrevCommit::
-	If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and
-	linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--abbrev-commit`. You may
+`log.abbrevCommit`::
+	If `true`, make
+ifndef::with-breaking-changes[]
+	linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and
+	linkgit:git-whatchanged[1]
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
+ifdef::with-breaking-changes[]
+	linkgit:git-log[1] and linkgit:git-show[1]
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
+	assume `--abbrev-commit`. You may
 	override this option with `--no-abbrev-commit`.
 
-log.date::
-	Set the default date-time mode for the 'log' command.
-	Setting a value for log.date is similar to using 'git log''s
+`log.date`::
+	Set the default date-time mode for the `log` command.
+	Setting a value for log.date is similar to using `git log`'s
 	`--date` option.  See linkgit:git-log[1] for details.
 +
 If the format is set to "auto:foo" and the pager is in use, format
 "foo" will be used for the date format. Otherwise, "default" will
 be used.
 
-log.decorate::
+`log.decorate`::
 	Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown by the log
-	command. If 'short' is specified, the ref name prefixes 'refs/heads/',
-	'refs/tags/' and 'refs/remotes/' will not be printed. If 'full' is
-	specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed.
-	If 'auto' is specified, then if the output is going to a terminal,
-	the ref names are shown as if 'short' were given, otherwise no ref
-	names are shown. This is the same as the `--decorate` option
-	of the `git log`.
+	command. Possible values are:
++
+----
+`short`;; the ref name prefixes `refs/heads/`, `refs/tags/` and
+	`refs/remotes/` are not printed.
+`full`;; the full ref name (including prefix) are printed.
+`auto`;; if the output is going to a terminal,
+	the ref names are shown as if `short` were given, otherwise no ref
+	names are shown.
+----
++
+This is the same as the `--decorate` option of the `git log`.
 
-log.initialDecorationSet::
+`log.initialDecorationSet`::
 	By default, `git log` only shows decorations for certain known ref
 	namespaces. If 'all' is specified, then show all refs as
 	decorations.
 
-log.excludeDecoration::
+`log.excludeDecoration`::
 	Exclude the specified patterns from the log decorations. This is
 	similar to the `--decorate-refs-exclude` command-line option, but
 	the config option can be overridden by the `--decorate-refs`
 	option.
 
-log.diffMerges::
+`log.diffMerges`::
 	Set diff format to be used when `--diff-merges=on` is
 	specified, see `--diff-merges` in linkgit:git-log[1] for
 	details. Defaults to `separate`.
 
-log.follow::
+`log.follow`::
 	If `true`, `git log` will act as if the `--follow` option was used when
 	a single <path> is given.  This has the same limitations as `--follow`,
 	i.e. it cannot be used to follow multiple files and does not work well
 	on non-linear history.
 
-log.graphColors::
+`log.graphColors`::
 	A list of colors, separated by commas, that can be used to draw
 	history lines in `git log --graph`.
 
-log.showRoot::
+`log.showRoot`::
 	If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event.
 	This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree.
 	Tools like linkgit:git-log[1] or linkgit:git-whatchanged[1], which
 	normally hide the root commit will now show it. True by default.
 
-log.showSignature::
+`log.showSignature`::
 	If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and
 	linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--show-signature`.
 
-log.mailmap::
+`log.mailmap`::
 	If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and
 	linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--use-mailmap`, otherwise
 	assume `--no-use-mailmap`. True by default.

Documentation/config/merge.adoc

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-merge.conflictStyle::
+`merge.conflictStyle`::
 	Specify the style in which conflicted hunks are written out to
 	working tree files upon merge.  The default is "merge", which
-	shows a `<<<<<<<` conflict marker, changes made by one side,
+	shows a +<<<<<<<+ conflict marker, changes made by one side,
 	a `=======` marker, changes made by the other side, and then
-	a `>>>>>>>` marker.  An alternate style, "diff3", adds a `|||||||`
+	a +>>>>>>>+ marker.  An alternate style, "diff3", adds a +|||||||+
 	marker and the original text before the `=======` marker.  The
 	"merge" style tends to produce smaller conflict regions than diff3,
 	both because of the exclusion of the original text, and because
@@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ merge.conflictStyle::
 	the conflict region when those matching lines appear near either
 	the beginning or end of a conflict region.
 
-merge.defaultToUpstream::
+`merge.defaultToUpstream`::
 	If merge is called without any commit argument, merge the upstream
 	branches configured for the current branch by using their last
 	observed values stored in their remote-tracking branches.
 	The values of the `branch.<current branch>.merge` that name the
-	branches at the remote named by `branch.<current branch>.remote`
+	branches at the remote named by `branch.<current-branch>.remote`
 	are consulted, and then they are mapped via `remote.<remote>.fetch`
 	to their corresponding remote-tracking branches, and the tips of
 	these tracking branches are merged. Defaults to true.
 
-merge.ff::
+`merge.ff`::
 	By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging
 	a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the
 	tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to `false`,
@@ -33,42 +33,46 @@ merge.ff::
 	allowed (equivalent to giving the `--ff-only` option from the
 	command line).
 
-merge.verifySignatures::
-	If true, this is equivalent to the --verify-signatures command
+`merge.verifySignatures`::
+	If true, this is equivalent to the `--verify-signatures` command
 	line option. See linkgit:git-merge[1] for details.
 
 include::fmt-merge-msg.adoc[]
 
-merge.renameLimit::
+`merge.renameLimit`::
 	The number of files to consider in the exhaustive portion of
 	rename detection during a merge.  If not specified, defaults
-	to the value of diff.renameLimit.  If neither
-	merge.renameLimit nor diff.renameLimit are specified,
+	to the value of `diff.renameLimit`.  If neither
+	`merge.renameLimit` nor `diff.renameLimit` are specified,
 	currently defaults to 7000.  This setting has no effect if
 	rename detection is turned off.
 
-merge.renames::
-	Whether Git detects renames.  If set to "false", rename detection
-	is disabled. If set to "true", basic rename detection is enabled.
+`merge.renames`::
+	Whether Git detects renames.  If set to `false`, rename detection
+	is disabled. If set to `true`, basic rename detection is enabled.
 	Defaults to the value of diff.renames.
 
-merge.directoryRenames::
+`merge.directoryRenames`::
 	Whether Git detects directory renames, affecting what happens at
 	merge time to new files added to a directory on one side of
 	history when that directory was renamed on the other side of
-	history.  If merge.directoryRenames is set to "false", directory
-	rename detection is disabled, meaning that such new files will be
-	left behind in the old directory.  If set to "true", directory
-	rename detection is enabled, meaning that such new files will be
-	moved into the new directory.  If set to "conflict", a conflict
-	will be reported for such paths.  If merge.renames is false,
-	merge.directoryRenames is ignored and treated as false.  Defaults
-	to "conflict".
+	history. Possible values are:
++
+--
+`false`;; Directory rename detection is disabled, meaning that such new files will be
+	left behind in the old directory.
+`true`;; Directory rename detection is enabled, meaning that such new files will be
+	moved into the new directory.
+`conflict`;; A conflict will be reported for such paths.
+--
++
+If `merge.renames` is `false`, `merge.directoryRenames` is ignored and treated
+as `false`. Defaults to `conflict`.
 
-merge.renormalize::
+`merge.renormalize`::
 	Tell Git that canonical representation of files in the
 	repository has changed over time (e.g. earlier commits record
-	text files with CRLF line endings, but recent ones use LF line
+	text files with _CRLF_ line endings, but recent ones use _LF_ line
 	endings).  In such a repository, for each file where a
 	three-way content merge is needed, Git can convert the data
 	recorded in commits to a canonical form before performing a
@@ -76,35 +80,45 @@ merge.renormalize::
 	see section "Merging branches with differing checkin/checkout
 	attributes" in linkgit:gitattributes[5].
 
-merge.stat::
-	Whether to print the diffstat between ORIG_HEAD and the merge result
-	at the end of the merge.  True by default.
+`merge.stat`::
+	What, if anything, to print between `ORIG_HEAD` and the merge result
+	at the end of the merge.  Possible values are:
++
+--
+`false`;; Show nothing.
+`true`;; Show `git diff --diffstat --summary ORIG_HEAD`.
+`compact`;; Show `git diff --compact-summary ORIG_HEAD`.
+--
++
+but any unrecognised value (e.g., a value added by a future version of
+Git) is taken as `true` instead of triggering an error.  Defaults to
+`true`.
 
-merge.autoStash::
-	When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash entry
+`merge.autoStash`::
+	When set to `true`, automatically create a temporary stash entry
 	before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation
 	ends.  This means that you can run merge on a dirty worktree.
 	However, use with care: the final stash application after a
 	successful merge might result in non-trivial conflicts.
 	This option can be overridden by the `--no-autostash` and
 	`--autostash` options of linkgit:git-merge[1].
-	Defaults to false.
+	Defaults to `false`.
 
-merge.tool::
+`merge.tool`::
 	Controls which merge tool is used by linkgit:git-mergetool[1].
 	The list below shows the valid built-in values.
 	Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires
-	that a corresponding mergetool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined.
+	that a corresponding `mergetool.<tool>.cmd` variable is defined.
 
-merge.guitool::
+`merge.guitool`::
 	Controls which merge tool is used by linkgit:git-mergetool[1] when the
-	-g/--gui flag is specified. The list below shows the valid built-in values.
+	`-g`/`--gui` flag is specified. The list below shows the valid built-in values.
 	Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires that a
-	corresponding mergetool.<guitool>.cmd variable is defined.
+	corresponding `mergetool.<guitool>.cmd` variable is defined.
 
 include::{build_dir}/mergetools-merge.adoc[]
 
-merge.verbosity::
+`merge.verbosity`::
 	Controls the amount of output shown by the recursive merge
 	strategy.  Level 0 outputs nothing except a final error
 	message if conflicts were detected. Level 1 outputs only
@@ -112,15 +126,15 @@ merge.verbosity::
 	above outputs debugging information.  The default is level 2.
 	Can be overridden by the `GIT_MERGE_VERBOSITY` environment variable.
 
-merge.<driver>.name::
+`merge.<driver>.name`::
 	Defines a human-readable name for a custom low-level
 	merge driver.  See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details.
 
-merge.<driver>.driver::
+`merge.<driver>.driver`::
 	Defines the command that implements a custom low-level
 	merge driver.  See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details.
 
-merge.<driver>.recursive::
+`merge.<driver>.recursive`::
 	Names a low-level merge driver to be used when
 	performing an internal merge between common ancestors.
 	See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details.

Documentation/config/mergetool.adoc

@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
-mergetool.<tool>.path::
+`mergetool.<tool>.path`::
 	Override the path for the given tool.  This is useful in case
-	your tool is not in the PATH.
+	your tool is not in the `$PATH`.
 
-mergetool.<tool>.cmd::
+`mergetool.<tool>.cmd`::
 	Specify the command to invoke the specified merge tool.  The
 	specified command is evaluated in shell with the following
-	variables available: 'BASE' is the name of a temporary file
+	variables available: `BASE` is the name of a temporary file
 	containing the common base of the files to be merged, if available;
-	'LOCAL' is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of
-	the file on the current branch; 'REMOTE' is the name of a temporary
+	`LOCAL` is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of
+	the file on the current branch; `REMOTE` is the name of a temporary
 	file containing the contents of the file from the branch being
-	merged; 'MERGED' contains the name of the file to which the merge
+	merged; `MERGED` contains the name of the file to which the merge
 	tool should write the results of a successful merge.
 
-mergetool.<tool>.hideResolved::
+`mergetool.<tool>.hideResolved`::
 	Allows the user to override the global `mergetool.hideResolved` value
 	for a specific tool. See `mergetool.hideResolved` for the full
 	description.
 
-mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode::
+`mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode`::
 	For a custom merge command, specify whether the exit code of
 	the merge command can be used to determine whether the merge was
 	successful.  If this is not set to true then the merge target file
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode::
 	if the file has been updated; otherwise, the user is prompted to
 	indicate the success of the merge.
 
-mergetool.meld.hasOutput::
+`mergetool.meld.hasOutput`::
 	Older versions of `meld` do not support the `--output` option.
 	Git will attempt to detect whether `meld` supports `--output`
 	by inspecting the output of `meld --help`.  Configuring
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ mergetool.meld.hasOutput::
 	to `true` tells Git to unconditionally use the `--output` option,
 	and `false` avoids using `--output`.
 
-mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge::
+`mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge`::
 	When the `--auto-merge` is given, meld will merge all non-conflicting
 	parts automatically, highlight the conflicting parts, and wait for
 	user decision.  Setting `mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge` to `true` tells
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge::
 	value of `false` avoids using `--auto-merge` altogether, and is the
 	default value.
 
-mergetool.<vimdiff variant>.layout::
-	Configure the split window layout for vimdiff's `<variant>`, which is any of `vimdiff`,
+`mergetool.<variant>.layout`::
+	Configure the split window layout for vimdiff's _<variant>_, which is any of `vimdiff`,
 	`nvimdiff`, `gvimdiff`.
 	Upon launching `git mergetool` with `--tool=<variant>` (or without `--tool`
-	if `merge.tool` is configured as `<variant>`), Git will consult
+	if `merge.tool` is configured as _<variant>_), Git will consult
 	`mergetool.<variant>.layout` to determine the tool's layout. If the
-	variant-specific configuration is not available, `vimdiff`'s is used as
+	variant-specific configuration is not available, `vimdiff` ' s is used as
 	fallback.  If that too is not available, a default layout with 4 windows
-	will be used.  To configure the layout, see the `BACKEND SPECIFIC HINTS`
+	will be used.  To configure the layout, see the 'BACKEND SPECIFIC HINTS'
 ifdef::git-mergetool[]
 	section.
 endif::[]
@@ -61,39 +61,39 @@ ifndef::git-mergetool[]
 	section in linkgit:git-mergetool[1].
 endif::[]
 
-mergetool.hideResolved::
+`mergetool.hideResolved`::
 	During a merge, Git will automatically resolve as many conflicts as
-	possible and write the 'MERGED' file containing conflict markers around
-	any conflicts that it cannot resolve; 'LOCAL' and 'REMOTE' normally
-	represent the versions of the file from before Git's conflict
-	resolution. This flag causes 'LOCAL' and 'REMOTE' to be overwritten so
+	possible and write the `$MERGED` file containing conflict markers around
+	any conflicts that it cannot resolve; `$LOCAL` and `$REMOTE` normally
+	are the versions of the file from before Git`s conflict
+	resolution. This flag causes `$LOCAL` and `$REMOTE` to be overwritten so
 	that only the unresolved conflicts are presented to the merge tool. Can
 	be configured per-tool via the `mergetool.<tool>.hideResolved`
 	configuration variable. Defaults to `false`.
 
-mergetool.keepBackup::
+`mergetool.keepBackup`::
 	After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers
 	can be saved as a file with a `.orig` extension.  If this variable
 	is set to `false` then this file is not preserved.  Defaults to
 	`true` (i.e. keep the backup files).
 
-mergetool.keepTemporaries::
+`mergetool.keepTemporaries`::
 	When invoking a custom merge tool, Git uses a set of temporary
 	files to pass to the tool. If the tool returns an error and this
 	variable is set to `true`, then these temporary files will be
 	preserved; otherwise, they will be removed after the tool has
 	exited. Defaults to `false`.
 
-mergetool.writeToTemp::
-	Git writes temporary 'BASE', 'LOCAL', and 'REMOTE' versions of
+`mergetool.writeToTemp`::
+	Git writes temporary `BASE`, `LOCAL`, and `REMOTE` versions of
 	conflicting files in the worktree by default.  Git will attempt
 	to use a temporary directory for these files when set `true`.
 	Defaults to `false`.
 
-mergetool.prompt::
+`mergetool.prompt`::
 	Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program.
 
-mergetool.guiDefault::
+`mergetool.guiDefault`::
 	Set `true` to use the `merge.guitool` by default (equivalent to
 	specifying the `--gui` argument), or `auto` to select `merge.guitool`
 	or `merge.tool` depending on the presence of a `DISPLAY` environment

Documentation/config/pack.adoc

@@ -155,6 +155,10 @@ pack.useSparse::
 	commits contain certain types of direct renames. Default is
 	`true`.
 
+pack.usePathWalk::
+	Enable the `--path-walk` option by default for `git pack-objects`
+	processes. See linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for full details.
+
 pack.preferBitmapTips::
 	When selecting which commits will receive bitmaps, prefer a
 	commit at the tip of any reference that is a suffix of any value

Documentation/config/repack.adoc

@@ -39,3 +39,10 @@ repack.cruftThreads::
 	a cruft pack and the respective parameters are not given over
 	the command line. See similarly named `pack.*` configuration
 	variables for defaults and meaning.
+
+repack.midxMustContainCruft::
+	When set to true, linkgit:git-repack[1] will unconditionally include
+	cruft pack(s), if any, in the multi-pack index when invoked with
+	`--write-midx`. When false, cruft packs are only included in the MIDX
+	when necessary (e.g., because they might be required to form a
+	reachability closure with MIDX bitmaps). Defaults to true.

Documentation/config/sendemail.adoc

@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
 sendemail.identity::
 	A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the
-	'sendemail.<identity>' subsection to take precedence over
-	values in the 'sendemail' section. The default identity is
+	`sendemail.<identity>` subsection to take precedence over
+	values in the `sendemail` section. The default identity is
 	the value of `sendemail.identity`.
 
 sendemail.smtpEncryption::
 	See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description.  Note that this
-	setting is not subject to the 'identity' mechanism.
+	setting is not subject to the `identity` mechanism.
 
 sendemail.smtpSSLCertPath::
 	Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file).
 	Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification.
 
 sendemail.<identity>.*::
-	Identity-specific versions of the 'sendemail.*' parameters
+	Identity-specific versions of the `sendemail.*` parameters
 	found below, taking precedence over those when this
 	identity is selected, through either the command-line or
 	`sendemail.identity`.
 
 sendemail.multiEdit::
-	If true (default), a single editor instance will be spawned to edit
+	If `true` (default), a single editor instance will be spawned to edit
 	files you have to edit (patches when `--annotate` is used, and the
-	summary when `--compose` is used). If false, files will be edited one
+	summary when `--compose` is used). If `false`, files will be edited one
 	after the other, spawning a new editor each time.
 
 sendemail.confirm::
 	Sets the default for whether to confirm before sending. Must be
-	one of 'always', 'never', 'cc', 'compose', or 'auto'. See `--confirm`
+	one of `always`, `never`, `cc`, `compose`, or `auto`. See `--confirm`
 	in the linkgit:git-send-email[1] documentation for the meaning of these
 	values.
 
 sendemail.mailmap::
-	If true, makes linkgit:git-send-email[1] assume `--mailmap`,
-	otherwise assume `--no-mailmap`. False by default.
+	If `true`, makes linkgit:git-send-email[1] assume `--mailmap`,
+	otherwise assume `--no-mailmap`. `False` by default.
 
 sendemail.mailmap.file::
 	The location of a linkgit:git-send-email[1] specific augmenting
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ sendemail.aliasesFile::
 
 sendemail.aliasFileType::
 	Format of the file(s) specified in sendemail.aliasesFile. Must be
-	one of 'mutt', 'mailrc', 'pine', 'elm', 'gnus', or 'sendmail'.
+	one of `mutt`, `mailrc`, `pine`, `elm`, `gnus`, or `sendmail`.
 +
 What an alias file in each format looks like can be found in
 the documentation of the email program of the same name. The
@@ -96,12 +96,17 @@ sendemail.xmailer::
 	linkgit:git-send-email[1] command-line options. See its
 	documentation for details.
 
+sendemail.outlookidfix::
+	If `true`, makes linkgit:git-send-email[1] assume `--outlook-id-fix`,
+	and if `false` assume `--no-outlook-id-fix`. If not specified, it will
+	behave the same way as if `--outlook-id-fix` is not specified.
+
 sendemail.signedOffCc (deprecated)::
 	Deprecated alias for `sendemail.signedOffByCc`.
 
 sendemail.smtpBatchSize::
 	Number of messages to be sent per connection, after that a relogin
-	will happen.  If the value is 0 or undefined, send all messages in
+	will happen.  If the value is `0` or undefined, send all messages in
 	one connection.
 	See also the `--batch-size` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1].
 
@@ -111,5 +116,5 @@ sendemail.smtpReloginDelay::
 
 sendemail.forbidSendmailVariables::
 	To avoid common misconfiguration mistakes, linkgit:git-send-email[1]
-	will abort with a warning if any configuration options for "sendmail"
+	will abort with a warning if any configuration options for `sendmail`
 	exist. Set this variable to bypass the check.

Documentation/diff-generate-patch.adoc

@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ or like this (when the `--cc` option is used):
 +
 [synopsis]
 index <hash>,<hash>..<hash>
-mode <mode>,<mode>`..`<mode>
+mode <mode>,<mode>..<mode>
 new file mode <mode>
 deleted file mode <mode>,<mode>
 +

Documentation/diff-options.adoc

@@ -37,32 +37,32 @@ endif::git-diff[]
 endif::git-format-patch[]
 
 ifdef::git-log[]
--m::
+`-m`::
 	Show diffs for merge commits in the default format. This is
 	similar to `--diff-merges=on`, except `-m` will
 	produce no output unless `-p` is given as well.
 
--c::
+`-c`::
 	Produce combined diff output for merge commits.
 	Shortcut for `--diff-merges=combined -p`.
 
---cc::
+`--cc`::
 	Produce dense combined diff output for merge commits.
 	Shortcut for `--diff-merges=dense-combined -p`.
 
---dd::
+`--dd`::
 	Produce diff with respect to first parent for both merge and
 	regular commits.
 	Shortcut for `--diff-merges=first-parent -p`.
 
---remerge-diff::
+`--remerge-diff`::
 	Produce remerge-diff output for merge commits.
 	Shortcut for `--diff-merges=remerge -p`.
 
---no-diff-merges::
+`--no-diff-merges`::
 	Synonym for `--diff-merges=off`.
 
---diff-merges=<format>::
+`--diff-merges=<format>`::
 	Specify diff format to be used for merge commits. Default is
 	{diff-merges-default} unless `--first-parent` is in use, in
 	which case `first-parent` is the default.
@@ -70,48 +70,54 @@ ifdef::git-log[]
 The following formats are supported:
 +
 --
-off, none::
+`off`::
+`none`::
 	Disable output of diffs for merge commits. Useful to override
 	implied value.
 
-on, m::
+`on`::
+`m`::
 	Make diff output for merge commits to be shown in the default
 	format. The default format can be changed using
 	`log.diffMerges` configuration variable, whose default value
 	is `separate`.
 
-first-parent, 1::
+`first-parent`::
+`1`::
 	Show full diff with respect to first parent. This is the same
 	format as `--patch` produces for non-merge commits.
 
-separate::
+`separate`::
 	Show full diff with respect to each of parents.
 	Separate log entry and diff is generated for each parent.
 
-combined, c::
+`combined`::
+`c`::
 	Show differences from each of the parents to the merge
 	result simultaneously instead of showing pairwise diff between
 	a parent and the result one at a time. Furthermore, it lists
 	only files which were modified from all parents.
 
-dense-combined, cc::
+`dense-combined`::
+`cc`::
 	Further compress output produced by `--diff-merges=combined`
 	by omitting uninteresting hunks whose contents in the parents
 	have only two variants and the merge result picks one of them
 	without modification.
 
-remerge, r::
-	Remerge two-parent merge commits to create a temporary tree
+`remerge`::
+`r`:: Remerge two-parent merge commits to create a temporary tree
 	object--potentially containing files with conflict markers
 	and such.  A diff is then shown between that temporary tree
 	and the actual merge commit.
+--
 +
 The output emitted when this option is used is subject to change, and
 so is its interaction with other options (unless explicitly
 documented).
---
 
---combined-all-paths::
+
+`--combined-all-paths`::
 	Cause combined diffs (used for merge commits) to
 	list the name of the file from all parents.  It thus only has
 	effect when `--diff-merges=[dense-]combined` is in use, and

Documentation/git-apply.adoc

@@ -75,13 +75,14 @@ OPTIONS
 	tree. If `--check` is in effect, merely check that it would
 	apply cleanly to the index entry.
 
+-N::
 --intent-to-add::
 	When applying the patch only to the working tree, mark new
 	files to be added to the index later (see `--intent-to-add`
-	option in linkgit:git-add[1]). This option is ignored unless
-	running in a Git repository and `--index` is not specified.
-	Note that `--index` could be implied by other options such
-	as `--cached` or `--3way`.
+	option in linkgit:git-add[1]). This option is ignored if
+	`--index` or `--cached` are used, and has no effect outside a Git
+	repository. Note that `--index` could be implied by other options
+	such as `--3way`.
 
 -3::
 --3way::

Documentation/git-cat-file.adoc

@@ -307,6 +307,11 @@ newline. The available atoms are:
 `objecttype`::
 	The type of the object (the same as `cat-file -t` reports).
 
+`objectmode`::
+	If the specified object has mode information (such as a tree or
+	index entry), the mode expressed as an octal integer. Otherwise,
+	empty string.
+
 `objectsize`::
 	The size, in bytes, of the object (the same as `cat-file -s`
 	reports).
@@ -368,6 +373,14 @@ If a name is specified that might refer to more than one object (an ambiguous sh
 <object> SP ambiguous LF
 ------------
 
+If a name is specified that refers to a submodule entry in a tree and the
+target object does not exist in the repository, then `cat-file` will ignore
+any custom format and print (with the object ID of the submodule):
+
+------------
+<oid> SP submodule LF
+------------
+
 If `--follow-symlinks` is used, and a symlink in the repository points
 outside the repository, then `cat-file` will ignore any custom format
 and print:

Documentation/git-checkout.adoc

@@ -7,54 +7,54 @@ git-checkout - Switch branches or restore working tree files
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] [<branch>]
-'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] --detach [<branch>]
-'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] [--detach] <commit>
-'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] [[-b|-B|--orphan] <new-branch>] [<start-point>]
-'git checkout' [-f] <tree-ish> [--] <pathspec>...
-'git checkout' [-f] <tree-ish> --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]
-'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [--] <pathspec>...
-'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]
-'git checkout' (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]
+[synopsis]
+git checkout [-q] [-f] [-m] [<branch>]
+git checkout [-q] [-f] [-m] --detach [<branch>]
+git checkout [-q] [-f] [-m] [--detach] <commit>
+git checkout [-q] [-f] [-m] [[-b|-B|--orphan] <new-branch>] [<start-point>]
+git checkout [-f] <tree-ish> [--] <pathspec>...
+git checkout [-f] <tree-ish> --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]
+git checkout [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [--] <pathspec>...
+git checkout [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]
+git checkout (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
 Updates files in the working tree to match the version in the index
-or the specified tree.  If no pathspec was given, 'git checkout' will
+or the specified tree.  If no pathspec was given, `git checkout` will
 also update `HEAD` to set the specified branch as the current
 branch.
 
-'git checkout' [<branch>]::
-	To prepare for working on `<branch>`, switch to it by updating
+`git checkout [<branch>]`::
+	To prepare for working on _<branch>_, switch to it by updating
 	the index and the files in the working tree, and by pointing
 	`HEAD` at the branch. Local modifications to the files in the
 	working tree are kept, so that they can be committed to the
-	`<branch>`.
+	_<branch>_.
 +
-If `<branch>` is not found but there does exist a tracking branch in
-exactly one remote (call it `<remote>`) with a matching name and
+If _<branch>_ is not found but there does exist a tracking branch in
+exactly one remote (call it _<remote>_) with a matching name and
 `--no-guess` is not specified, treat as equivalent to
 +
 ------------
 $ git checkout -b <branch> --track <remote>/<branch>
 ------------
 +
-You could omit `<branch>`, in which case the command degenerates to
+You could omit _<branch>_, in which case the command degenerates to
 "check out the current branch", which is a glorified no-op with
 rather expensive side-effects to show only the tracking information,
 if it exists, for the current branch.
 
-'git checkout' -b|-B <new-branch> [<start-point>]::
+`git checkout (-b|-B) <new-branch> [<start-point>]`::
 
 	Specifying `-b` causes a new branch to be created as if
 	linkgit:git-branch[1] were called and then checked out.  In
 	this case you can use the `--track` or `--no-track` options,
-	which will be passed to 'git branch'.  As a convenience,
+	which will be passed to `git branch`.  As a convenience,
 	`--track` without `-b` implies branch creation; see the
 	description of `--track` below.
 +
-If `-B` is given, `<new-branch>` is created if it doesn't exist; otherwise, it
+If `-B` is given, _<new-branch>_ is created if it doesn't exist; otherwise, it
 is reset. This is the transactional equivalent of
 +
 ------------
@@ -67,30 +67,30 @@ successful (e.g., when the branch is in use in another worktree, not
 just the current branch stays the same, but the branch is not reset to
 the start-point, either).
 
-'git checkout' --detach [<branch>]::
-'git checkout' [--detach] <commit>::
+`git checkout --detach [<branch>]`::
+`git checkout [--detach] <commit>`::
 
-	Prepare to work on top of `<commit>`, by detaching `HEAD` at it
+	Prepare to work on top of _<commit>_, by detaching `HEAD` at it
 	(see "DETACHED HEAD" section), and updating the index and the
 	files in the working tree.  Local modifications to the files
 	in the working tree are kept, so that the resulting working
 	tree will be the state recorded in the commit plus the local
 	modifications.
 +
-When the `<commit>` argument is a branch name, the `--detach` option can
+When the _<commit>_ argument is a branch name, the `--detach` option can
 be used to detach `HEAD` at the tip of the branch (`git checkout
 <branch>` would check out that branch without detaching `HEAD`).
 +
-Omitting `<branch>` detaches `HEAD` at the tip of the current branch.
+Omitting _<branch>_ detaches `HEAD` at the tip of the current branch.
 
-'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>...::
-'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]::
+`git checkout [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>...`::
+`git checkout [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]`::
 
 	Overwrite the contents of the files that match the pathspec.
-	When the `<tree-ish>` (most often a commit) is not given,
+	When the _<tree-ish>_ (most often a commit) is not given,
 	overwrite working tree with the contents in the index.
-	When the `<tree-ish>` is given, overwrite both the index and
-	the working tree with the contents at the `<tree-ish>`.
+	When the _<tree-ish>_ is given, overwrite both the index and
+	the working tree with the contents at the _<tree-ish>_.
 +
 The index may contain unmerged entries because of a previous failed merge.
 By default, if you try to check out such an entry from the index, the
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ specific side of the merge can be checked out of the index by
 using `--ours` or `--theirs`.  With `-m`, changes made to the working tree
 file can be discarded to re-create the original conflicted merge result.
 
-'git checkout' (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]::
+`git checkout (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]`::
 	This is similar to the previous mode, but lets you use the
 	interactive interface to show the "diff" output and choose which
 	hunks to use in the result.  See below for the description of
@@ -108,19 +108,19 @@ file can be discarded to re-create the original conflicted merge result.
 
 OPTIONS
 -------
--q::
---quiet::
+`-q`::
+`--quiet`::
 	Quiet, suppress feedback messages.
 
---progress::
---no-progress::
+`--progress`::
+`--no-progress`::
 	Progress status is reported on the standard error stream
 	by default when it is attached to a terminal, unless `--quiet`
 	is specified. This flag enables progress reporting even if not
 	attached to a terminal, regardless of `--quiet`.
 
--f::
---force::
+`-f`::
+`--force`::
 	When switching branches, proceed even if the index or the
 	working tree differs from `HEAD`, and even if there are untracked
 	files in the way.  This is used to throw away local changes and
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ OPTIONS
 When checking out paths from the index, do not fail upon unmerged
 entries; instead, unmerged entries are ignored.
 
---ours::
---theirs::
+`--ours`::
+`--theirs`::
 	When checking out paths from the index, check out stage #2
-	('ours') or #3 ('theirs') for unmerged paths.
+	(`ours`) or #3 (`theirs`) for unmerged paths.
 +
-Note that during `git rebase` and `git pull --rebase`, 'ours' and
-'theirs' may appear swapped; `--ours` gives the version from the
+Note that during `git rebase` and `git pull --rebase`, `ours` and
+`theirs` may appear swapped; `--ours` gives the version from the
 branch the changes are rebased onto, while `--theirs` gives the
 version from the branch that holds your work that is being rebased.
 +
@@ -149,22 +149,22 @@ as `ours` (i.e. "our shared canonical history"), while what you did
 on your side branch as `theirs` (i.e. "one contributor's work on top
 of it").
 
--b <new-branch>::
-	Create a new branch named `<new-branch>`, start it at
-	`<start-point>`, and check the resulting branch out;
+`-b <new-branch>`::
+	Create a new branch named _<new-branch>_, start it at
+	_<start-point>_, and check the resulting branch out;
 	see linkgit:git-branch[1] for details.
 
--B <new-branch>::
-	Creates the branch `<new-branch>`, start it at `<start-point>`;
-	if it already exists, then reset it to `<start-point>`. And then
+`-B <new-branch>`::
+	Creates the branch _<new-branch>_, start it at _<start-point>_;
+	if it already exists, then reset it to _<start-point>_. And then
 	check the resulting branch out.  This is equivalent to running
-	"git branch" with "-f" followed by "git checkout" of that branch;
+	`git branch` with `-f` followed by `git checkout` of that branch;
 	see linkgit:git-branch[1] for details.
 
--t::
---track[=(direct|inherit)]::
+`-t`::
+`--track[=(direct|inherit)]`::
 	When creating a new branch, set up "upstream" configuration. See
-	"--track" in linkgit:git-branch[1] for details.
+	`--track` in linkgit:git-branch[1] for details.
 +
 If no `-b` option is given, the name of the new branch will be
 derived from the remote-tracking branch, by looking at the local part of
@@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ off of `origin/hack` (or `remotes/origin/hack`, or even
 guessing results in an empty name, the guessing is aborted.  You can
 explicitly give a name with `-b` in such a case.
 
---no-track::
+`--no-track`::
 	Do not set up "upstream" configuration, even if the
 	`branch.autoSetupMerge` configuration variable is true.
 
---guess::
---no-guess::
-	If `<branch>` is not found but there does exist a tracking
-	branch in exactly one remote (call it `<remote>`) with a
+`--guess`::
+`--no-guess`::
+	If _<branch>_ is not found but there does exist a tracking
+	branch in exactly one remote (call it _<remote>_) with a
 	matching name, treat as equivalent to
 +
 ------------
@@ -192,10 +192,10 @@ $ git checkout -b <branch> --track <remote>/<branch>
 +
 If the branch exists in multiple remotes and one of them is named by
 the `checkout.defaultRemote` configuration variable, we'll use that
-one for the purposes of disambiguation, even if the `<branch>` isn't
+one for the purposes of disambiguation, even if the _<branch>_ isn't
 unique across all remotes. Set it to
 e.g. `checkout.defaultRemote=origin` to always checkout remote
-branches from there if `<branch>` is ambiguous but exists on the
+branches from there if _<branch>_ is ambiguous but exists on the
 'origin' remote. See also `checkout.defaultRemote` in
 linkgit:git-config[1].
 +
@@ -204,28 +204,28 @@ linkgit:git-config[1].
 The default behavior can be set via the `checkout.guess` configuration
 variable.
 
--l::
+`-l`::
 	Create the new branch's reflog; see linkgit:git-branch[1] for
 	details.
 
--d::
---detach::
+`-d`::
+`--detach`::
 	Rather than checking out a branch to work on it, check out a
 	commit for inspection and discardable experiments.
 	This is the default behavior of `git checkout <commit>` when
-	`<commit>` is not a branch name.  See the "DETACHED HEAD" section
+	_<commit>_ is not a branch name.  See the "DETACHED HEAD" section
 	below for details.
 
---orphan <new-branch>::
-	Create a new unborn branch, named `<new-branch>`, started from
-	`<start-point>` and switch to it.  The first commit made on this
+`--orphan <new-branch>`::
+	Create a new unborn branch, named _<new-branch>_, started from
+	_<start-point>_ and switch to it.  The first commit made on this
 	new branch will have no parents and it will be the root of a new
 	history totally disconnected from all the other branches and
 	commits.
 +
 The index and the working tree are adjusted as if you had previously run
 `git checkout <start-point>`.  This allows you to start a new history
-that records a set of paths similar to `<start-point>` by easily running
+that records a set of paths similar to _<start-point>_ by easily running
 `git commit -a` to make the root commit.
 +
 This can be useful when you want to publish the tree from a commit
@@ -235,20 +235,20 @@ whose full history contains proprietary or otherwise encumbered bits of
 code.
 +
 If you want to start a disconnected history that records a set of paths
-that is totally different from the one of `<start-point>`, then you should
+that is totally different from the one of _<start-point>_, then you should
 clear the index and the working tree right after creating the orphan
 branch by running `git rm -rf .` from the top level of the working tree.
 Afterwards you will be ready to prepare your new files, repopulating the
 working tree, by copying them from elsewhere, extracting a tarball, etc.
 
---ignore-skip-worktree-bits::
-	In sparse checkout mode, `git checkout -- <paths>` would
-	update only entries matched by `<paths>` and sparse patterns
+`--ignore-skip-worktree-bits`::
+	In sparse checkout mode, `git checkout -- <path>...` would
+	update only entries matched by _<paths>_ and sparse patterns
 	in `$GIT_DIR/info/sparse-checkout`. This option ignores
-	the sparse patterns and adds back any files in `<paths>`.
+	the sparse patterns and adds back any files in `<path>...`.
 
--m::
---merge::
+`-m`::
+`--merge`::
 	When switching branches,
 	if you have local modifications to one or more files that
 	are different between the current branch and the branch to
@@ -269,40 +269,40 @@ used when checking out paths from a tree-ish.
 +
 When switching branches with `--merge`, staged changes may be lost.
 
---conflict=<style>::
+`--conflict=<style>`::
 	The same as `--merge` option above, but changes the way the
 	conflicting hunks are presented, overriding the
 	`merge.conflictStyle` configuration variable.  Possible values are
-	"merge" (default), "diff3", and "zdiff3".
+	`merge` (default), `diff3`, and `zdiff3`.
 
--p::
---patch::
+`-p`::
+`--patch`::
 	Interactively select hunks in the difference between the
-	`<tree-ish>` (or the index, if unspecified) and the working
+	_<tree-ish>_ (or the index, if unspecified) and the working
 	tree.  The chosen hunks are then applied in reverse to the
-	working tree (and if a `<tree-ish>` was specified, the index).
+	working tree (and if a _<tree-ish>_ was specified, the index).
 +
 This means that you can use `git checkout -p` to selectively discard
-edits from your current working tree. See the ``Interactive Mode''
+edits from your current working tree. See the "Interactive Mode"
 section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode.
 +
 Note that this option uses the no overlay mode by default (see also
 `--overlay`), and currently doesn't support overlay mode.
 
---ignore-other-worktrees::
+`--ignore-other-worktrees`::
 	`git checkout` refuses when the wanted branch is already checked
 	out or otherwise in use by another worktree. This option makes
 	it check the branch out anyway. In other words, the branch can
 	be in use by more than one worktree.
 
---overwrite-ignore::
---no-overwrite-ignore::
+`--overwrite-ignore`::
+`--no-overwrite-ignore`::
 	Silently overwrite ignored files when switching branches. This
 	is the default behavior. Use `--no-overwrite-ignore` to abort
 	the operation when the new branch contains ignored files.
 
---recurse-submodules::
---no-recurse-submodules::
+`--recurse-submodules`::
+`--no-recurse-submodules`::
 	Using `--recurse-submodules` will update the content of all active
 	submodules according to the commit recorded in the superproject. If
 	local modifications in a submodule would be overwritten the checkout
@@ -311,25 +311,25 @@ Note that this option uses the no overlay mode by default (see also
 	Just like linkgit:git-submodule[1], this will detach `HEAD` of the
 	submodule.
 
---overlay::
---no-overlay::
+`--overlay`::
+`--no-overlay`::
 	In the default overlay mode, `git checkout` never
 	removes files from the index or the working tree.  When
 	specifying `--no-overlay`, files that appear in the index and
-	working tree, but not in `<tree-ish>` are removed, to make them
-	match `<tree-ish>` exactly.
+	working tree, but not in _<tree-ish>_ are removed, to make them
+	match _<tree-ish>_ exactly.
 
---pathspec-from-file=<file>::
-	Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If
-	`<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec
-	elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be
+`--pathspec-from-file=<file>`::
+	Pathspec is passed in _<file>_ instead of commandline args. If
+	_<file>_ is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec
+	elements are separated by _LF_ or _CR_/_LF_. Pathspec elements can be
 	quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath`
 	(see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and
 	global `--literal-pathspecs`.
 
---pathspec-file-nul::
+`--pathspec-file-nul`::
 	Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are
-	separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken
+	separated with _NUL_ character and all other characters are taken
 	literally (including newlines and quotes).
 
 <branch>::
@@ -343,33 +343,33 @@ You can use the `@{-N}` syntax to refer to the N-th last
 branch/commit checked out using "git checkout" operation. You may
 also specify `-` which is synonymous to `@{-1}`.
 +
-As a special case, you may use `A...B` as a shortcut for the
-merge base of `A` and `B` if there is exactly one merge base. You can
-leave out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
+As a special case, you may use `<rev-a>...<rev-b>` as a shortcut for the
+merge base of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_ if there is exactly one merge base. You can
+leave out at most one of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
 
-<new-branch>::
+_<new-branch>_::
 	Name for the new branch.
 
-<start-point>::
+_<start-point>_::
 	The name of a commit at which to start the new branch; see
 	linkgit:git-branch[1] for details. Defaults to `HEAD`.
 +
-As a special case, you may use `"A...B"` as a shortcut for the
-merge base of `A` and `B` if there is exactly one merge base. You can
-leave out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
+As a special case, you may use `<rev-a>...<rev-b>` as a shortcut for the
+merge base of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_ if there is exactly one merge base. You can
+leave out at most one of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
 
-<tree-ish>::
+_<tree-ish>_::
 	Tree to checkout from (when paths are given). If not specified,
 	the index will be used.
 +
-As a special case, you may use `"A...B"` as a shortcut for the
-merge base of `A` and `B` if there is exactly one merge base. You can
-leave out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
+As a special case, you may use `<rev-a>...<rev-b>` as a shortcut for the
+merge base of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_ if there is exactly one merge base. You can
+leave out at most one of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
 
-\--::
+`--`::
 	Do not interpret any more arguments as options.
 
-<pathspec>...::
+`<pathspec>...`::
 	Limits the paths affected by the operation.
 +
 For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7].
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ a---b---c  branch 'master' (refers to commit 'c')
 ------------
 
 When a commit is created in this state, the branch is updated to refer to
-the new commit. Specifically, 'git commit' creates a new commit `d`, whose
+the new commit. Specifically, `git commit` creates a new commit `d`, whose
 parent is commit `c`, and then updates branch `master` to refer to new
 commit `d`. `HEAD` still refers to branch `master` and so indirectly now refers
 to commit `d`:
@@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ ARGUMENT DISAMBIGUATION
 -----------------------
 
 When there is only one argument given and it is not `--` (e.g. `git
-checkout abc`), and when the argument is both a valid `<tree-ish>`
-(e.g. a branch `abc` exists) and a valid `<pathspec>` (e.g. a file
+checkout abc`), and when the argument is both a valid _<tree-ish>_
+(e.g. a branch `abc` exists) and a valid _<pathspec>_ (e.g. a file
 or a directory whose name is "abc" exists), Git would usually ask
 you to disambiguate.  Because checking out a branch is so common an
-operation, however, `git checkout abc` takes "abc" as a `<tree-ish>`
+operation, however, `git checkout abc` takes "abc" as a _<tree-ish>_
 in such a situation.  Use `git checkout -- <pathspec>` if you want
 to checkout these paths out of the index.
 

Documentation/git-column.adoc

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ EXAMPLES
 --------
 
 Format data by columns:
-+
+
 ------------
 $ seq 1 24 | git column --mode=column --padding=5
 1      4      7      10     13     16     19     22
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ $ seq 1 24 | git column --mode=column --padding=5
 ------------
 
 Format data by rows:
-+
+
 ------------
 $ seq 1 21 | git column --mode=row --padding=5
 1      2      3      4      5      6      7
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ $ seq 1 21 | git column --mode=row --padding=5
 ------------
 
 List some tags in a table with unequal column widths:
-+
+
 ------------
 $ git tag --list 'v2.4.*' --column=row,dense
 v2.4.0  v2.4.0-rc0  v2.4.0-rc1  v2.4.0-rc2  v2.4.0-rc3

Documentation/git-config.adoc

@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ SYNOPSIS
 --------
 [verse]
 'git config list' [<file-option>] [<display-option>] [--includes]
-'git config get' [<file-option>] [<display-option>] [--includes] [--all] [--regexp] [--value=<value>] [--fixed-value] [--default=<default>] <name>
-'git config set' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--all] [--value=<value>] [--fixed-value] <name> <value>
-'git config unset' [<file-option>] [--all] [--value=<value>] [--fixed-value] <name>
+'git config get' [<file-option>] [<display-option>] [--includes] [--all] [--regexp] [--value=<pattern>] [--fixed-value] [--default=<default>] [--url=<url>] <name>
+'git config set' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--all] [--value=<pattern>] [--fixed-value] <name> <value>
+'git config unset' [<file-option>] [--all] [--value=<pattern>] [--fixed-value] <name>
 'git config rename-section' [<file-option>] <old-name> <new-name>
 'git config remove-section' [<file-option>] <name>
 'git config edit' [<file-option>]
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ escaped.
 
 Multiple lines can be added to an option by using the `--append` option.
 If you want to update or unset an option which can occur on multiple
-lines, a `value-pattern` (which is an extended regular expression,
+lines, `--value=<pattern>` (which is an extended regular expression,
 unless the `--fixed-value` option is given) needs to be given.  Only the
 existing values that match the pattern are updated or unset.  If
 you want to handle the lines that do *not* match the pattern, just
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ OPTIONS
 
 --replace-all::
 	Default behavior is to replace at most one line. This replaces
-	all lines matching the key (and optionally the `value-pattern`).
+	all lines matching the key (and optionally `--value=<pattern>`).
 
 --append::
 	Adds a new line to the option without altering any existing
@@ -200,11 +200,19 @@ See also <<FILES>>.
 	section in linkgit:gitrevisions[7] for a more complete list of
 	ways to spell blob names.
 
+`--value=<pattern>`::
+`--no-value`::
+	With `get`, `set`, and `unset`, match only against
+	_<pattern>_. The pattern is an extended regular expression unless
+	`--fixed-value` is given.
++
+Use `--no-value` to unset _<pattern>_.
+
 --fixed-value::
-	When used with the `value-pattern` argument, treat `value-pattern` as
+	When used with `--value=<pattern>`, treat _<pattern>_ as
 	an exact string instead of a regular expression. This will restrict
 	the name/value pairs that are matched to only those where the value
-	is exactly equal to the `value-pattern`.
+	is exactly equal to _<pattern>_.
 
 --type <type>::
   'git config' will ensure that any input or output is valid under the given
@@ -259,6 +267,12 @@ Valid `<type>`'s include:
 	Output only the names of config variables for `list` or
 	`get`.
 
+`--show-names`::
+`--no-show-names`::
+	With `get`, show config keys in addition to their values. The
+	default is `--no-show-names` unless `--url` is given and there
+	are no subsections in _<name>_.
+
 --show-origin::
 	Augment the output of all queried config options with the
 	origin type (file, standard input, blob, command line) and

Documentation/git-diff.adoc

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ git diff [<options>] --cached [--merge-base] [<commit>] [--] [<path>...]
 git diff [<options>] [--merge-base] <commit> [<commit>...] <commit> [--] [<path>...]
 git diff [<options>] <commit>...<commit> [--] [<path>...]
 git diff [<options>] <blob> <blob>
-git diff [<options>] --no-index [--] <path> <path>
+git diff [<options>] --no-index [--] <path> <path> [<pathspec>...]
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -31,14 +31,18 @@ files on disk.
 	further add to the index but you still haven't.  You can
 	stage these changes by using linkgit:git-add[1].
 
-`git diff [<options>] --no-index [--] <path> <path>`::
+`git diff [<options>] --no-index [--] <path> <path> [<pathspec>...]`::
 
 	This form is to compare the given two paths on the
 	filesystem.  You can omit the `--no-index` option when
 	running the command in a working tree controlled by Git and
 	at least one of the paths points outside the working tree,
 	or when running the command outside a working tree
-	controlled by Git. This form implies `--exit-code`.
+	controlled by Git. This form implies `--exit-code`. If both
+	paths point to directories, additional pathspecs may be
+	provided. These will limit the files included in the
+	difference. All such pathspecs must be relative as they
+	apply to both sides of the diff.
 
 `git diff [<options>] --cached [--merge-base] [<commit>] [--] [<path>...]`::
 

Documentation/git-fast-export.adoc

@@ -46,14 +46,12 @@ resulting tag will have an invalid signature.
 
 --signed-commits=(verbatim|warn-verbatim|warn-strip|strip|abort)::
 	Specify how to handle signed commits.  Behaves exactly as
-	'--signed-tags', but for commits.  Default is 'abort'.
+	'--signed-tags', but for commits.  Default is 'strip', which
+	is the same as how earlier versions of this command without
+	this option behaved.
 +
-Earlier versions this command that did not have '--signed-commits'
-behaved as if '--signed-commits=strip'.  As an escape hatch for users
-of tools that call 'git fast-export' but do not yet support
-'--signed-commits', you may set the environment variable
-'FAST_EXPORT_SIGNED_COMMITS_NOABORT=1' in order to change the default
-from 'abort' to 'warn-strip'.
+NOTE: This is highly experimental and the format of the data stream may
+change in the future without compatibility guarantees.
 
 --tag-of-filtered-object=(abort|drop|rewrite)::
 	Specify how to handle tags whose tagged object is filtered out.

Documentation/git-fast-import.adoc

@@ -523,6 +523,9 @@ that signs the commit data.
 Here <alg> specifies which hashing algorithm is used for this
 signature, either `sha1` or `sha256`.
 
+NOTE: This is highly experimental and the format of the data stream may
+change in the future without compatibility guarantees.
+
 `encoding`
 ^^^^^^^^^^
 The optional `encoding` command indicates the encoding of the commit

Documentation/git-imap-send.adoc

@@ -9,21 +9,24 @@ git-imap-send - Send a collection of patches from stdin to an IMAP folder
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
 [verse]
-'git imap-send' [-v] [-q] [--[no-]curl]
+'git imap-send' [-v] [-q] [--[no-]curl] [(--folder|-f) <folder>]
+'git imap-send' --list
 
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
-This command uploads a mailbox generated with 'git format-patch'
+This command uploads a mailbox generated with `git format-patch`
 into an IMAP drafts folder.  This allows patches to be sent as
 other email is when using mail clients that cannot read mailbox
 files directly. The command also works with any general mailbox
-in which emails have the fields "From", "Date", and "Subject" in
+in which emails have the fields `From`, `Date`, and `Subject` in
 that order.
 
 Typical usage is something like:
 
-git format-patch --signoff --stdout --attach origin | git imap-send
+------
+$ git format-patch --signoff --stdout --attach origin | git imap-send
+------
 
 
 OPTIONS
@@ -37,6 +40,11 @@ OPTIONS
 --quiet::
 	Be quiet.
 
+-f <folder>::
+--folder=<folder>::
+	Specify the folder in which the emails have to saved.
+	For example: `--folder=[Gmail]/Drafts` or `-f INBOX/Drafts`.
+
 --curl::
 	Use libcurl to communicate with the IMAP server, unless tunneling
 	into it.  Ignored if Git was built without the USE_CURL_FOR_IMAP_SEND
@@ -47,6 +55,8 @@ OPTIONS
 	using libcurl.  Ignored if Git was built with the NO_OPENSSL option
 	set.
 
+--list::
+	Run the IMAP LIST command to output a list of all the folders present.
 
 CONFIGURATION
 -------------
@@ -102,20 +112,56 @@ Using Gmail's IMAP interface:
 
 ---------
 [imap]
-	folder = "[Gmail]/Drafts"
-	host = imaps://imap.gmail.com
-	user = user@gmail.com
-	port = 993
+    folder = "[Gmail]/Drafts"
+    host = imaps://imap.gmail.com
+    user = user@gmail.com
+    port = 993
 ---------
 
+Gmail does not allow using your regular password for `git imap-send`.
+If you have multi-factor authentication set up on your Gmail account, you
+can generate an app-specific password for use with `git imap-send`.
+Visit https://security.google.com/settings/security/apppasswords to create
+it. Alternatively, use OAuth2.0 authentication as described below.
+
 [NOTE]
 You might need to instead use: `folder = "[Google Mail]/Drafts"` if you get an error
-that the "Folder doesn't exist".
+that the "Folder doesn't exist". You can also run `git imap-send --list` to get a
+list of available folders.
 
 [NOTE]
 If your Gmail account is set to another language than English, the name of the "Drafts"
 folder will be localized.
 
+If you want to use OAuth2.0 based authentication, you can specify
+`OAUTHBEARER` or `XOAUTH2` mechanism in your config. It is more secure
+than using app-specific passwords, and also does not enforce the need of
+having multi-factor authentication. You will have to use an OAuth2.0
+access token in place of your password when using this authentication.
+
+---------
+[imap]
+    folder = "[Gmail]/Drafts"
+    host = imaps://imap.gmail.com
+    user = user@gmail.com
+    port = 993
+    authmethod = OAUTHBEARER
+---------
+
+Using Outlook's IMAP interface:
+
+Unlike Gmail, Outlook only supports OAuth2.0 based authentication. Also, it
+supports only `XOAUTH2` as the mechanism.
+
+---------
+[imap]
+    folder = "Drafts"
+    host = imaps://outlook.office365.com
+    user = user@outlook.com
+    port = 993
+    authmethod = XOAUTH2
+---------
+
 Once the commits are ready to be sent, run the following command:
 
   $ git format-patch --cover-letter -M --stdout origin/master | git imap-send
@@ -124,6 +170,10 @@ Just make sure to disable line wrapping in the email client (Gmail's web
 interface will wrap lines no matter what, so you need to use a real
 IMAP client).
 
+In case you are using OAuth2.0 authentication, it is easier to use credential
+helpers to generate tokens. Credential helpers suggested in
+linkgit:git-send-email[1] can be used for `git imap-send` as well.
+
 CAUTION
 -------
 It is still your responsibility to make sure that the email message

Documentation/git-log.adoc

@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ git-log - Show commit logs
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git log' [<options>] [<revision-range>] [[--] <path>...]
+[synopsis]
+git log [<options>] [<revision-range>] [[--] <path>...]
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -27,28 +27,34 @@ each commit introduces are shown.
 OPTIONS
 -------
 
---follow::
+`--follow`::
 	Continue listing the history of a file beyond renames
 	(works only for a single file).
 
---no-decorate::
---decorate[=short|full|auto|no]::
-	Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown. If 'short' is
-	specified, the ref name prefixes 'refs/heads/', 'refs/tags/' and
-	'refs/remotes/' will not be printed. If 'full' is specified, the
-	full ref name (including prefix) will be printed. If 'auto' is
-	specified, then if the output is going to a terminal, the ref names
-	are shown as if 'short' were given, otherwise no ref names are
-	shown. The option `--decorate` is short-hand for `--decorate=short`.
-	Default to configuration value of `log.decorate` if configured,
-	otherwise, `auto`.
+`--no-decorate`::
+`--decorate[=(short|full|auto|no)]`::
+	Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown. Possible values
+	are:
++
+----
+`short`;; the ref name prefixes `refs/heads/`, `refs/tags/` and
+	`refs/remotes/` are not printed.
+`full`;; the full ref name (including prefix) is printed.
+`auto`:: if the output is going to a terminal, the ref names
+	are shown as if `short` were given, otherwise no ref names are
+	shown.
+----
++
+The option `--decorate` is short-hand for `--decorate=short`. Default to
+configuration value of `log.decorate` if configured, otherwise, `auto`.
 
---decorate-refs=<pattern>::
---decorate-refs-exclude=<pattern>::
+`--decorate-refs=<pattern>`::
+`--decorate-refs-exclude=<pattern>`::
 	For each candidate reference, do not use it for decoration if it
-	matches any patterns given to `--decorate-refs-exclude` or if it
-	doesn't match any of the patterns given to `--decorate-refs`. The
-	`log.excludeDecoration` config option allows excluding refs from
+	matches any of the _<pattern>_ parameters given to
+	`--decorate-refs-exclude` or if it doesn't match any of the
+	_<pattern>_ parameters given to `--decorate-refs`.
+	The `log.excludeDecoration` config option allows excluding refs from
 	the decorations, but an explicit `--decorate-refs` pattern will
 	override a match in `log.excludeDecoration`.
 +
@@ -56,51 +62,51 @@ If none of these options or config settings are given, then references are
 used as decoration if they match `HEAD`, `refs/heads/`, `refs/remotes/`,
 `refs/stash/`, or `refs/tags/`.
 
---clear-decorations::
+`--clear-decorations`::
 	When specified, this option clears all previous `--decorate-refs`
 	or `--decorate-refs-exclude` options and relaxes the default
 	decoration filter to include all references. This option is
 	assumed if the config value `log.initialDecorationSet` is set to
 	`all`.
 
---source::
+`--source`::
 	Print out the ref name given on the command line by which each
 	commit was reached.
 
---[no-]mailmap::
---[no-]use-mailmap::
+`--[no-]mailmap`::
+`--[no-]use-mailmap`::
 	Use mailmap file to map author and committer names and email
 	addresses to canonical real names and email addresses. See
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1].
 
---full-diff::
+`--full-diff`::
 	Without this flag, `git log -p <path>...` shows commits that
 	touch the specified paths, and diffs about the same specified
 	paths.  With this, the full diff is shown for commits that touch
-	the specified paths; this means that "<path>..." limits only
+	the specified paths; this means that "`<path>...`" limits only
 	commits, and doesn't limit diff for those commits.
 +
 Note that this affects all diff-based output types, e.g. those
 produced by `--stat`, etc.
 
---log-size::
-	Include a line ``log size <number>'' in the output for each commit,
-	where <number> is the length of that commit's message in bytes.
+`--log-size`::
+	Include a line `log size <number>` in the output for each commit,
+	where _<number>_ is the length of that commit's message in bytes.
 	Intended to speed up tools that read log messages from `git log`
 	output by allowing them to allocate space in advance.
 
 include::line-range-options.adoc[]
 
-<revision-range>::
+_<revision-range>_::
 	Show only commits in the specified revision range.  When no
-	<revision-range> is specified, it defaults to `HEAD` (i.e. the
+	_<revision-range>_ is specified, it defaults to `HEAD` (i.e. the
 	whole history leading to the current commit).  `origin..HEAD`
 	specifies all the commits reachable from the current commit
 	(i.e. `HEAD`), but not from `origin`. For a complete list of
-	ways to spell <revision-range>, see the 'Specifying Ranges'
+	ways to spell _<revision-range>_, see the 'Specifying Ranges'
 	section of linkgit:gitrevisions[7].
 
-[--] <path>...::
+`[--] <path>...`::
 	Show only commits that are enough to explain how the files
 	that match the specified paths came to be.  See 'History
 	Simplification' below for details and other simplification
@@ -145,14 +151,14 @@ EXAMPLES
 
 `git log --since="2 weeks ago" -- gitk`::
 
-	Show the changes during the last two weeks to the file 'gitk'.
+	Show the changes during the last two weeks to the file `gitk`.
 	The `--` is necessary to avoid confusion with the *branch* named
-	'gitk'
+	`gitk`
 
 `git log --name-status release..test`::
 
-	Show the commits that are in the "test" branch but not yet
-	in the "release" branch, along with the list of paths
+	Show the commits that are in the "`test`" branch but not yet
+	in the "`release`" branch, along with the list of paths
 	each commit modifies.
 
 `git log --follow builtin/rev-list.c`::
@@ -164,7 +170,7 @@ EXAMPLES
 `git log --branches --not --remotes=origin`::
 
 	Shows all commits that are in any of local branches but not in
-	any of remote-tracking branches for 'origin' (what you have that
+	any of remote-tracking branches for `origin` (what you have that
 	origin doesn't).
 
 `git log master --not --remotes=*/master`::
@@ -200,11 +206,11 @@ CONFIGURATION
 See linkgit:git-config[1] for core variables and linkgit:git-diff[1]
 for settings related to diff generation.
 
-format.pretty::
+`format.pretty`::
 	Default for the `--format` option.  (See 'Pretty Formats' above.)
 	Defaults to `medium`.
 
-i18n.logOutputEncoding::
+`i18n.logOutputEncoding`::
 	Encoding to use when displaying logs.  (See 'Discussion' above.)
 	Defaults to the value of `i18n.commitEncoding` if set, and UTF-8
 	otherwise.

Documentation/git-maintenance.adoc

@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ rerere-gc::
 
 worktree-prune::
 	The `worktree-prune` task deletes stale or broken worktrees. See
-	linkit:git-worktree[1] for more information.
+	linkgit:git-worktree[1] for more information.
 
 OPTIONS
 -------

Documentation/git-merge.adoc

@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ git-merge - Join two or more development histories together
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git merge' [-n] [--stat] [--no-commit] [--squash] [--[no-]edit]
+[synopsis]
+git merge [-n] [--stat] [--compact-summary] [--no-commit] [--squash] [--[no-]edit]
 	[--no-verify] [-s <strategy>] [-X <strategy-option>] [-S[<keyid>]]
 	[--[no-]allow-unrelated-histories]
 	[--[no-]rerere-autoupdate] [-m <msg>] [-F <file>]
 	[--into-name <branch>] [<commit>...]
-'git merge' (--continue | --abort | --quit)
+git merge (--continue | --abort | --quit)
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Assume the following history exists and the current branch is
 `master`:
 
 ------------
-	  A---B---C topic
-	 /
+          A---B---C topic
+         /
     D---E---F---G master
 ------------
 
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ Then `git merge topic` will replay the changes made on the
 its current commit (`C`) on top of `master`, and record the result
 in a new commit along with the names of the two parent commits and
 a log message from the user describing the changes. Before the operation,
-`ORIG_HEAD` is set to the tip of the current branch (`C`).
+`ORIG_HEAD` is set to the tip of the current branch (`G`).
 
 ------------
-	  A---B---C topic
-	 /         \
+          A---B---C topic
+         /         \
     D---E---F---G---H master
 ------------
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ merge started (and especially if those changes were further modified
 after the merge was started), `git merge --abort` will in some cases be
 unable to reconstruct the original (pre-merge) changes. Therefore:
 
-*Warning*: Running `git merge` with non-trivial uncommitted changes is
+WARNING: Running `git merge` with non-trivial uncommitted changes is
 discouraged: while possible, it may leave you in a state that is hard to
 back out of in the case of a conflict.
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ OPTIONS
 
 include::merge-options.adoc[]
 
--m <msg>::
+`-m <msg>`::
 	Set the commit message to be used for the merge commit (in
 	case one is created).
 +
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ The `git fmt-merge-msg` command can be
 used to give a good default for automated `git merge`
 invocations. The automated message can include the branch description.
 
---into-name <branch>::
+`--into-name <branch>`::
 	Prepare the default merge message as if merging to the branch
-	`<branch>`, instead of the name of the real branch to which
+	_<branch>_, instead of the name of the real branch to which
 	the merge is made.
 
--F <file>::
---file=<file>::
+`-F <file>`::
+`--file=<file>`::
 	Read the commit message to be used for the merge commit (in
 	case one is created).
 +
@@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ will be appended to the specified message.
 
 include::rerere-options.adoc[]
 
---overwrite-ignore::
---no-overwrite-ignore::
+`--overwrite-ignore`::
+`--no-overwrite-ignore`::
 	Silently overwrite ignored files from the merge result. This
 	is the default behavior. Use `--no-overwrite-ignore` to abort.
 
---abort::
+`--abort`::
 	Abort the current conflict resolution process, and
 	try to reconstruct the pre-merge state. If an autostash entry is
 	present, apply it to the worktree.
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@ which case `git merge --abort` applies the stash entry to the worktree
 whereas `git reset --merge` will save the stashed changes in the stash
 list.
 
---quit::
+`--quit`::
 	Forget about the current merge in progress. Leave the index
 	and the working tree as-is. If `MERGE_AUTOSTASH` is present, the
 	stash entry will be saved to the stash list.
 
---continue::
+`--continue`::
 	After a `git merge` stops due to conflicts you can conclude the
 	merge by running `git merge --continue` (see "HOW TO RESOLVE
 	CONFLICTS" section below).
 
-<commit>...::
+`<commit>...`::
 	Commits, usually other branch heads, to merge into our branch.
 	Specifying more than one commit will create a merge with
 	more than two parents (affectionately called an Octopus merge).
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ To avoid recording unrelated changes in the merge commit,
 `git pull` and `git merge` will also abort if there are any changes
 registered in the index relative to the `HEAD` commit.  (Special
 narrow exceptions to this rule may exist depending on which merge
-strategy is in use, but generally, the index must match HEAD.)
+strategy is in use, but generally, the index must match `HEAD`.)
 
 If all named commits are already ancestors of `HEAD`, `git merge`
 will exit early with the message "Already up to date."
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ happens:
    stage 2 from `HEAD`, and stage 3 from `MERGE_HEAD` (you
    can inspect the stages with `git ls-files -u`).  The working
    tree files contain the result of the merge operation; i.e. 3-way
-   merge results with familiar conflict markers `<<<` `===` `>>>`.
+   merge results with familiar conflict markers +<<<+ `===` +>>>+.
 5. A ref named `AUTO_MERGE` is written, pointing to a tree
    corresponding to the current content of the working tree (including
    conflict markers for textual conflicts).  Note that this ref is only
-   written when the 'ort' merge strategy is used (the default).
+   written when the `ort` merge strategy is used (the default).
 6. No other changes are made.  In particular, the local
    modifications you had before you started merge will stay the
    same and the index entries for them stay as they were,
@@ -231,7 +231,6 @@ git merge v1.2.3^0
 git merge --ff-only v1.2.3
 ----
 
-
 HOW CONFLICTS ARE PRESENTED
 ---------------------------
 
@@ -260,7 +259,7 @@ And here is another line that is cleanly resolved or unmodified.
 ------------
 
 The area where a pair of conflicting changes happened is marked with markers
-`<<<<<<<`, `=======`, and `>>>>>>>`.  The part before the `=======`
++<<<<<<<+, `=======`, and +>>>>>>>+.  The part before the `=======`
 is typically your side, and the part afterwards is typically their side.
 
 The default format does not show what the original said in the conflicting
@@ -270,7 +269,7 @@ side wants to say it is hard and you'd prefer to go shopping, while the
 other side wants to claim it is easy.
 
 An alternative style can be used by setting the `merge.conflictStyle`
-configuration variable to either "diff3" or "zdiff3".  In "diff3"
+configuration variable to either `diff3` or `zdiff3`.  In `diff3`
 style, the above conflict may look like this:
 
 ------------
@@ -290,7 +289,7 @@ Git makes conflict resolution easy.
 And here is another line that is cleanly resolved or unmodified.
 ------------
 
-while in "zdiff3" style, it may look like this:
+while in `zdiff3` style, it may look like this:
 
 ------------
 Here are lines that are either unchanged from the common
@@ -308,8 +307,8 @@ Git makes conflict resolution easy.
 And here is another line that is cleanly resolved or unmodified.
 ------------
 
-In addition to the `<<<<<<<`, `=======`, and `>>>>>>>` markers, it uses
-another `|||||||` marker that is followed by the original text.  You can
+In addition to the +<<<<<<<+, `=======`, and +>>>>>>>+ markers, it uses
+another +|||||||+ marker that is followed by the original text.  You can
 tell that the original just stated a fact, and your side simply gave in to
 that statement and gave up, while the other side tried to have a more
 positive attitude.  You can sometimes come up with a better resolution by
@@ -390,8 +389,8 @@ include::merge-strategies.adoc[]
 CONFIGURATION
 -------------
 
-branch.<name>.mergeOptions::
-	Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and
+`branch.<name>.mergeOptions`::
+	Sets default options for merging into branch _<name>_. The syntax and
 	supported options are the same as those of `git merge`, but option
 	values containing whitespace characters are currently not supported.
 

Documentation/git-mergetool.adoc

@@ -7,95 +7,95 @@ git-mergetool - Run merge conflict resolution tools to resolve merge conflicts
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git mergetool' [--tool=<tool>] [-y | --[no-]prompt] [<file>...]
+[synopsis]
+git mergetool [--tool=<tool>] [-y | --[no-]prompt] [<file>...]
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
 
 Use `git mergetool` to run one of several merge utilities to resolve
-merge conflicts.  It is typically run after 'git merge'.
+merge conflicts.  It is typically run after `git merge`.
 
 If one or more <file> parameters are given, the merge tool program will
 be run to resolve differences in each file (skipping those without
 conflicts).  Specifying a directory will include all unresolved files in
-that path.  If no <file> names are specified, 'git mergetool' will run
+that path.  If no _<file>_ names are specified, `git mergetool` will run
 the merge tool program on every file with merge conflicts.
 
 OPTIONS
 -------
--t <tool>::
---tool=<tool>::
-	Use the merge resolution program specified by <tool>.
-	Valid values include emerge, gvimdiff, kdiff3,
-	meld, vimdiff, and tortoisemerge. Run `git mergetool --tool-help`
-	for the list of valid <tool> settings.
+`-t <tool>`::
+`--tool=<tool>`::
+	Use the merge resolution program specified by _<tool>_.
+	Valid values include `emerge`, `gvimdiff`, `kdiff3`,
+	`meld`, `vimdiff`, and `tortoisemerge`. Run `git mergetool --tool-help`
+	for the list of valid _<tool>_ settings.
 +
-If a merge resolution program is not specified, 'git mergetool'
+If a merge resolution program is not specified, `git mergetool`
 will use the configuration variable `merge.tool`.  If the
-configuration variable `merge.tool` is not set, 'git mergetool'
+configuration variable `merge.tool` is not set, `git mergetool`
 will pick a suitable default.
 +
 You can explicitly provide a full path to the tool by setting the
 configuration variable `mergetool.<tool>.path`. For example, you
 can configure the absolute path to kdiff3 by setting
-`mergetool.kdiff3.path`. Otherwise, 'git mergetool' assumes the
-tool is available in PATH.
+`mergetool.kdiff3.path`. Otherwise, `git mergetool` assumes the
+tool is available in `$PATH`.
 +
 Instead of running one of the known merge tool programs,
-'git mergetool' can be customized to run an alternative program
+`git mergetool` can be customized to run an alternative program
 by specifying the command line to invoke in a configuration
 variable `mergetool.<tool>.cmd`.
 +
-When 'git mergetool' is invoked with this tool (either through the
+When `git mergetool` is invoked with this tool (either through the
 `-t` or `--tool` option or the `merge.tool` configuration
-variable), the configured command line will be invoked with `$BASE`
+variable), the configured command line will be invoked with `BASE`
 set to the name of a temporary file containing the common base for
-the merge, if available; `$LOCAL` set to the name of a temporary
+the merge, if available; `LOCAL` set to the name of a temporary
 file containing the contents of the file on the current branch;
-`$REMOTE` set to the name of a temporary file containing the
-contents of the file to be merged, and `$MERGED` set to the name
+`REMOTE` set to the name of a temporary file containing the
+contents of the file to be merged, and `MERGED` set to the name
 of the file to which the merge tool should write the result of the
 merge resolution.
 +
 If the custom merge tool correctly indicates the success of a
 merge resolution with its exit code, then the configuration
 variable `mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode` can be set to `true`.
-Otherwise, 'git mergetool' will prompt the user to indicate the
+Otherwise, `git mergetool` will prompt the user to indicate the
 success of the resolution after the custom tool has exited.
 
---tool-help::
+`--tool-help`::
 	Print a list of merge tools that may be used with `--tool`.
 
--y::
---no-prompt::
+`-y`::
+`--no-prompt`::
 	Don't prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution
 	program.
 	This is the default if the merge resolution program is
 	explicitly specified with the `--tool` option or with the
 	`merge.tool` configuration variable.
 
---prompt::
+`--prompt`::
 	Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program
 	to give the user a chance to skip the path.
 
--g::
---gui::
-	When 'git-mergetool' is invoked with the `-g` or `--gui` option,
+`-g`::
+`--gui`::
+	When `git-mergetool` is invoked with the `-g` or `--gui` option,
 	the default merge tool will be read from the configured
 	`merge.guitool` variable instead of `merge.tool`. If
 	`merge.guitool` is not set, we will fallback to the tool
 	configured under `merge.tool`. This may be autoselected using
 	the configuration variable `mergetool.guiDefault`.
 
---no-gui::
+`--no-gui`::
 	This overrides a previous `-g` or `--gui` setting or
 	`mergetool.guiDefault` configuration and reads the default merge
 	tool from the configured `merge.tool` variable.
 
--O<orderfile>::
+`-O<orderfile>`::
 	Process files in the order specified in the
-	<orderfile>, which has one shell glob pattern per line.
+	_<orderfile>_, which has one shell glob pattern per line.
 	This overrides the `diff.orderFile` configuration variable
 	(see linkgit:git-config[1]).  To cancel `diff.orderFile`,
 	use `-O/dev/null`.

Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.adoc

@@ -38,10 +38,13 @@ write::
 +
 --
 	--preferred-pack=<pack>::
-		Optionally specify the tie-breaking pack used when
-		multiple packs contain the same object. `<pack>` must
-		contain at least one object. If not given, ties are
-		broken in favor of the pack with the lowest mtime.
+		When specified, break ties in favor of this pack when
+		there are additional copies of its objects in other
+		packs. Ties for objects not found in the preferred
+		pack are always resolved in favor of the copy in the
+		pack with the highest mtime. If unspecified, the pack
+		with the lowest mtime is used by default. The
+		preferred pack must have at least one object.
 
 	--[no-]bitmap::
 		Control whether or not a multi-pack bitmap is written.

Documentation/git-notes.adoc

@@ -87,6 +87,9 @@ In `--stdin` mode, take lines in the format
 on standard input, and copy the notes from each _<from-object>_ to its
 corresponding _<to-object>_.  (The optional _<rest>_ is ignored so that
 the command can read the input given to the `post-rewrite` hook.)
++
+`--stdin` cannot be combined with object names given on the command
+line.
 
 `append`::
 	Append new message(s) given by `-m` or `-F` options to an
@@ -124,6 +127,10 @@ When done, the user can either finalize the merge with
 	giving zero or one object from the command line, this is
 	equivalent to specifying an empty note message to
 	the `edit` subcommand.
++
+In `--stdin` mode, also remove the object names given on standard
+input. In other words, `--stdin` can be combined with object names from
+the command line.
 
 `prune`::
 	Remove all notes for non-existing/unreachable objects.
@@ -144,26 +151,18 @@ OPTIONS
 	Use the given note message (instead of prompting).
 	If multiple `-m` options are given, their values
 	are concatenated as separate paragraphs.
-	Lines starting with `#` and empty lines other than a
-	single line between paragraphs will be stripped out.
-	If you wish to keep them verbatim, use `--no-stripspace`.
 
 `-F <file>`::
 `--file=<file>`::
 	Take the note message from the given file.  Use `-` to
 	read the note message from the standard input.
-	Lines starting with `#` and empty lines other than a
-	single line between paragraphs will be stripped out.
-	If you wish to keep them verbatim, use `--no-stripspace`.
 
 `-C <object>`::
 `--reuse-message=<object>`::
 	Take the given blob object (for example, another note) as the
 	note message. (Use `git notes copy <object>` instead to
-	copy notes between objects.).  By default, message will be
-	copied verbatim, but if you wish to strip out the lines
-	starting with `#` and empty lines other than a single line
-	between paragraphs, use with `--stripspace` option.
+	copy notes between objects.)  Implies `--no-stripspace` since
+	the default behavior is to copy the message verbatim.
 
 `-c <object>`::
 `--reedit-message=<object>`::
@@ -174,21 +173,34 @@ OPTIONS
 	Allow an empty note object to be stored. The default behavior is
 	to automatically remove empty notes.
 
-`--[no-]separator`::
 `--separator=<paragraph-break>`::
+`--separator`::
+`--no-separator`::
 	Specify a string used as a custom inter-paragraph separator
 	(a newline is added at the end as needed). If `--no-separator`, no
 	separators will be added between paragraphs.  Defaults to a blank
 	line.
 
-`--[no-]stripspace`::
-	Strip leading and trailing whitespace from the note message.
-	Also strip out empty lines other than a single line between
-	paragraphs. Lines starting with `#` will be stripped out
-	in non-editor cases like `-m`, `-F` and `-C`, but not in
-	editor case like `git notes edit`, `-c`, etc.
+`--stripspace`::
+`--no-stripspace`::
+	Clean up whitespace. Specifically (see
+	linkgit:git-stripspace[1]):
++
+--
+- remove trailing whitespace from all lines
+- collapse multiple consecutive empty lines into one empty line
+- remove empty lines from the beginning and end of the input
+- add a missing `\n` to the last line if necessary.
+--
++
+`--stripspace` is the default except for
+`-C`/`--reuse-message`. However, keep in mind that this depends on the
+order of similar options. For example, for `-C <object> -m<message>`,
+`--stripspace` will be used because the default for `-m` overrides the
+previous `-C`. This is a known limitation that may be fixed in the
+future.
 
-`--ref <ref>`::
+`--ref=<ref>`::
 	Manipulate the notes tree in _<ref>_.  This overrides
 	`GIT_NOTES_REF` and the `core.notesRef` configuration.  The ref
 	specifies the full refname when it begins with `refs/notes/`; when it
@@ -200,9 +212,7 @@ OPTIONS
 	object that does not have notes attached to it.
 
 `--stdin`::
-	Also read the object names to remove notes from the standard
-	input (there is no reason you cannot combine this with object
-	names from the command line).
+	Only valid for `remove` and `copy`. See the respective subcommands.
 
 `-n`::
 `--dry-run`::

Documentation/git-pack-objects.adoc

@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ SYNOPSIS
 --------
 [verse]
 'git pack-objects' [-q | --progress | --all-progress] [--all-progress-implied]
-	[--no-reuse-delta] [--delta-base-offset] [--non-empty]
-	[--local] [--incremental] [--window=<n>] [--depth=<n>]
-	[--revs [--unpacked | --all]] [--keep-pack=<pack-name>]
-	[--cruft] [--cruft-expiration=<time>]
-	[--stdout [--filter=<filter-spec>] | <base-name>]
-	[--shallow] [--keep-true-parents] [--[no-]sparse]
-	[--name-hash-version=<n>] < <object-list>
+		   [--no-reuse-delta] [--delta-base-offset] [--non-empty]
+		   [--local] [--incremental] [--window=<n>] [--depth=<n>]
+		   [--revs [--unpacked | --all]] [--keep-pack=<pack-name>]
+		   [--cruft] [--cruft-expiration=<time>]
+		   [--stdout [--filter=<filter-spec>] | <base-name>]
+		   [--shallow] [--keep-true-parents] [--[no-]sparse]
+		   [--name-hash-version=<n>] [--path-walk] < <object-list>
 
 
 DESCRIPTION
@@ -87,13 +87,21 @@ base-name::
 	reference was included in the resulting packfile.  This
 	can be useful to send new tags to native Git clients.
 
---stdin-packs::
+--stdin-packs[=<mode>]::
 	Read the basenames of packfiles (e.g., `pack-1234abcd.pack`)
 	from the standard input, instead of object names or revision
 	arguments. The resulting pack contains all objects listed in the
 	included packs (those not beginning with `^`), excluding any
 	objects listed in the excluded packs (beginning with `^`).
 +
+When `mode` is "follow", objects from packs not listed on stdin receive
+special treatment. Objects within unlisted packs will be included if
+those objects are (1) reachable from the included packs, and (2) not
+found in any excluded packs. This mode is useful, for example, to
+resurrect once-unreachable objects found in cruft packs to generate
+packs which are closed under reachability up to the boundary set by the
+excluded packs.
++
 Incompatible with `--revs`, or options that imply `--revs` (such as
 `--all`), with the exception of `--unpacked`, which is compatible.
 
@@ -375,6 +383,17 @@ many different directories. At the moment, this version is not allowed
 when writing reachability bitmap files with `--write-bitmap-index` and it
 will be automatically changed to version `1`.
 
+--path-walk::
+	Perform compression by first organizing objects by path, then a
+	second pass that compresses across paths as normal. This has the
+	potential to improve delta compression especially in the presence
+	of filenames that cause collisions in Git's default name-hash
+	algorithm.
++
+Incompatible with `--delta-islands`, `--shallow`, or `--filter`. The
+`--use-bitmap-index` option will be ignored in the presence of
+`--path-walk.`
+
 
 DELTA ISLANDS
 -------------

Documentation/git-pack-refs.adoc

@@ -66,7 +66,10 @@ Pack refs as needed depending on the current state of the ref database. The
 behavior depends on the ref format used by the repository and may change in the
 future.
 +
-	- "files": No special handling for `--auto` has been implemented.
+	- "files": Loose references are packed into the `packed-refs` file
+	  based on the ratio of loose references to the size of the
+	  `packed-refs` file. The bigger the `packed-refs` file, the more loose
+	  references need to exist before we repack.
 +
 	- "reftable": Tables are compacted such that they form a geometric
 	  sequence. For two tables N and N+1, where N+1 is newer, this

Documentation/git-repack.adoc

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ SYNOPSIS
 [verse]
 'git repack' [-a] [-A] [-d] [-f] [-F] [-l] [-n] [-q] [-b] [-m]
 	[--window=<n>] [--depth=<n>] [--threads=<n>] [--keep-pack=<pack-name>]
-	[--write-midx] [--name-hash-version=<n>]
+	[--write-midx] [--name-hash-version=<n>] [--path-walk]
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -258,6 +258,9 @@ linkgit:git-multi-pack-index[1]).
 	Provide this argument to the underlying `git pack-objects` process.
 	See linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for full details.
 
+--path-walk::
+	Pass the `--path-walk` option to the underlying `git pack-objects`
+	process. See linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for full details.
 
 CONFIGURATION
 -------------

Documentation/git-send-email.adoc

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Takes the patches given on the command line and emails them out.
 Patches can be specified as files, directories (which will send all
 files in the directory), or directly as a revision list.  In the
 last case, any format accepted by linkgit:git-format-patch[1] can
-be passed to git send-email, as well as options understood by
+be passed to `git send-email`, as well as options understood by
 linkgit:git-format-patch[1].
 
 The header of the email is configurable via command-line options.  If not
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ There are two formats accepted for patch files:
 This is what linkgit:git-format-patch[1] generates.  Most headers and MIME
 formatting are ignored.
 
-2. The original format used by Greg Kroah-Hartman's 'send_lots_of_email.pl'
+2. The original format used by Greg Kroah-Hartman's `send_lots_of_email.pl`
    script
 +
-This format expects the first line of the file to contain the "Cc:" value
-and the "Subject:" of the message as the second line.
+This format expects the first line of the file to contain the `Cc:` value
+and the `Subject:` of the message as the second line.
 
 
 OPTIONS
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ Composing
 	`sendemail.multiEdit`.
 
 --bcc=<address>,...::
-	Specify a "Bcc:" value for each email. Default is the value of
+	Specify a `Bcc:` value for each email. Default is the value of
 	`sendemail.bcc`.
 +
 This option may be specified multiple times.
 
 --cc=<address>,...::
-	Specify a starting "Cc:" value for each email.
+	Specify a starting `Cc:` value for each email.
 	Default is the value of `sendemail.cc`.
 +
 This option may be specified multiple times.
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ This option may be specified multiple times.
 	Invoke a text editor (see GIT_EDITOR in linkgit:git-var[1])
 	to edit an introductory message for the patch series.
 +
-When `--compose` is used, git send-email will use the From, To, Cc, Bcc,
-Subject, Reply-To, and In-Reply-To headers specified in the message. If
-the body of the message (what you type after the headers and a blank
-line) only contains blank (or Git: prefixed) lines, the summary won't be
+When `--compose` is used, `git send-email` will use the `From`, `To`, `Cc`,
+`Bcc`, `Subject`, `Reply-To`, and `In-Reply-To` headers specified in the
+message. If the body of the message (what you type after the headers and a
+blank line) only contains blank (or `Git:` prefixed) lines, the summary won't be
 sent, but the headers mentioned above will be used unless they are
 removed.
 +
-Missing From or In-Reply-To headers will be prompted for.
+Missing `From` or `In-Reply-To` headers will be prompted for.
 +
 See the CONFIGURATION section for `sendemail.multiEdit`.
 
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ See the CONFIGURATION section for `sendemail.multiEdit`.
 	the value of the `sendemail.from` configuration option is used.  If
 	neither the command-line option nor `sendemail.from` are set, then the
 	user will be prompted for the value.  The default for the prompt will be
-	the value of GIT_AUTHOR_IDENT, or GIT_COMMITTER_IDENT if that is not
-	set, as returned by "git var -l".
+	the value of `GIT_AUTHOR_IDENT`, or `GIT_COMMITTER_IDENT` if that is not
+	set, as returned by `git var -l`.
 
 --reply-to=<address>::
 	Specify the address where replies from recipients should go to.
 	Use this if replies to messages should go to another address than what
-	is specified with the --from parameter.
+	is specified with the `--from` parameter.
 
 --in-reply-to=<identifier>::
 	Make the first mail (or all the mails with `--no-thread`) appear as a
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ illustration below where `[PATCH v2 0/3]` is in reply to `[PATCH 0/2]`:
       [PATCH v2 2/3] New tests
       [PATCH v2 3/3] Implementation
 +
-Only necessary if --compose is also set.  If --compose
+Only necessary if `--compose` is also set.  If `--compose`
 is not set, this will be prompted for.
 
 --[no-]outlook-id-fix::
 	Microsoft Outlook SMTP servers discard the Message-ID sent via email and
 	assign a new random Message-ID, thus breaking threads.
 +
-With `--outlook-id-fix`, 'git send-email' uses a mechanism specific to
+With `--outlook-id-fix`, `git send-email` uses a mechanism specific to
 Outlook servers to learn the Message-ID the server assigned to fix the
 threading. Use it only when you know that the server reports the
 rewritten Message-ID the same way as Outlook servers do.
@@ -130,14 +130,14 @@ to 'smtp.office365.com' or 'smtp-mail.outlook.com'. Use
 
 --subject=<string>::
 	Specify the initial subject of the email thread.
-	Only necessary if --compose is also set.  If --compose
+	Only necessary if `--compose` is also set.  If `--compose`
 	is not set, this will be prompted for.
 
 --to=<address>,...::
 	Specify the primary recipient of the emails generated. Generally, this
 	will be the upstream maintainer of the project involved. Default is the
 	value of the `sendemail.to` configuration value; if that is unspecified,
-	and --to-cmd is not specified, this will be prompted for.
+	and `--to-cmd` is not specified, this will be prompted for.
 +
 This option may be specified multiple times.
 
@@ -145,30 +145,30 @@ This option may be specified multiple times.
 	When encountering a non-ASCII message or subject that does not
 	declare its encoding, add headers/quoting to indicate it is
 	encoded in <encoding>.  Default is the value of the
-	'sendemail.assume8bitEncoding'; if that is unspecified, this
+	`sendemail.assume8bitEncoding`; if that is unspecified, this
 	will be prompted for if any non-ASCII files are encountered.
 +
 Note that no attempts whatsoever are made to validate the encoding.
 
 --compose-encoding=<encoding>::
 	Specify encoding of compose message. Default is the value of the
-	'sendemail.composeEncoding'; if that is unspecified, UTF-8 is assumed.
+	`sendemail.composeEncoding`; if that is unspecified, UTF-8 is assumed.
 
 --transfer-encoding=(7bit|8bit|quoted-printable|base64|auto)::
 	Specify the transfer encoding to be used to send the message over SMTP.
-	7bit will fail upon encountering a non-ASCII message.  quoted-printable
+	`7bit` will fail upon encountering a non-ASCII message. `quoted-printable`
 	can be useful when the repository contains files that contain carriage
-	returns, but makes the raw patch email file (as saved from a MUA) much
-	harder to inspect manually.  base64 is even more fool proof, but also
-	even more opaque.  auto will use 8bit when possible, and quoted-printable
-	otherwise.
+	returns, but makes the raw patch email file (as saved from an MUA) much
+	harder to inspect manually. `base64` is even more fool proof, but also
+	even more opaque. `auto` will use `8bit` when possible, and
+	`quoted-printable` otherwise.
 +
 Default is the value of the `sendemail.transferEncoding` configuration
 value; if that is unspecified, default to `auto`.
 
 --xmailer::
 --no-xmailer::
-	Add (or prevent adding) the "X-Mailer:" header.  By default,
+	Add (or prevent adding) the `X-Mailer:` header.  By default,
 	the header is added, but it can be turned off by setting the
 	`sendemail.xmailer` configuration variable to `false`.
 
@@ -178,9 +178,9 @@ Sending
 --envelope-sender=<address>::
 	Specify the envelope sender used to send the emails.
 	This is useful if your default address is not the address that is
-	subscribed to a list. In order to use the 'From' address, set the
-	value to "auto". If you use the sendmail binary, you must have
-	suitable privileges for the -f parameter.  Default is the value of the
+	subscribed to a list. In order to use the `From` address, set the
+	value to `auto`. If you use the `sendmail` binary, you must have
+	suitable privileges for the `-f` parameter.  Default is the value of the
 	`sendemail.envelopeSender` configuration variable; if that is
 	unspecified, choosing the envelope sender is left to your MTA.
 
@@ -189,27 +189,27 @@ Sending
 	be sendmail-like; specifically, it must support the `-i` option.
 	The command will be executed in the shell if necessary.  Default
 	is the value of `sendemail.sendmailCmd`.  If unspecified, and if
-	--smtp-server is also unspecified, git-send-email will search
-	for `sendmail` in `/usr/sbin`, `/usr/lib` and $PATH.
+	`--smtp-server` is also unspecified, `git send-email` will search
+	for `sendmail` in `/usr/sbin`, `/usr/lib` and `$PATH`.
 
 --smtp-encryption=<encryption>::
 	Specify in what way encrypting begins for the SMTP connection.
-	Valid values are 'ssl' and 'tls'. Any other value reverts to plain
+	Valid values are `ssl` and `tls`. Any other value reverts to plain
 	(unencrypted) SMTP, which defaults to port 25.
 	Despite the names, both values will use the same newer version of TLS,
-	but for historic reasons have these names. 'ssl' refers to "implicit"
+	but for historic reasons have these names. `ssl` refers to "implicit"
 	encryption (sometimes called SMTPS), that uses port 465 by default.
-	'tls' refers to "explicit" encryption (often known as STARTTLS),
+	`tls` refers to "explicit" encryption (often known as STARTTLS),
 	that uses port 25 by default. Other ports might be used by the SMTP
 	server, which are not the default. Commonly found alternative port for
-	'tls' and unencrypted is 587. You need to check your provider's
+	`tls` and unencrypted is 587. You need to check your provider's
 	documentation or your server configuration to make sure
 	for your own case. Default is the value of `sendemail.smtpEncryption`.
 
 --smtp-domain=<FQDN>::
 	Specifies the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) used in the
 	HELO/EHLO command to the SMTP server.  Some servers require the
-	FQDN to match your IP address.  If not set, git send-email attempts
+	FQDN to match your IP address.  If not set, `git send-email` attempts
 	to determine your FQDN automatically.  Default is the value of
 	`sendemail.smtpDomain`.
 
@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@ $ git send-email --smtp-auth="PLAIN LOGIN GSSAPI" ...
 +
 If at least one of the specified mechanisms matches the ones advertised by the
 SMTP server and if it is supported by the utilized SASL library, the mechanism
-is used for authentication. If neither 'sendemail.smtpAuth' nor `--smtp-auth`
+is used for authentication. If neither `sendemail.smtpAuth` nor `--smtp-auth`
 is specified, all mechanisms supported by the SASL library can be used. The
-special value 'none' maybe specified to completely disable authentication
-independently of `--smtp-user`
+special value `none` maybe specified to completely disable authentication
+independently of `--smtp-user`.
 
 --smtp-pass[=<password>]::
 	Password for SMTP-AUTH. The argument is optional: If no
@@ -238,16 +238,16 @@ Furthermore, passwords need not be specified in configuration files
 or on the command line. If a username has been specified (with
 `--smtp-user` or a `sendemail.smtpUser`), but no password has been
 specified (with `--smtp-pass` or `sendemail.smtpPass`), then
-a password is obtained using 'git-credential'.
+a password is obtained using linkgit:git-credential[1].
 
 --no-smtp-auth::
-	Disable SMTP authentication. Short hand for `--smtp-auth=none`
+	Disable SMTP authentication. Short hand for `--smtp-auth=none`.
 
 --smtp-server=<host>::
 	If set, specifies the outgoing SMTP server to use (e.g.
 	`smtp.example.com` or a raw IP address).  If unspecified, and if
 	`--sendmail-cmd` is also unspecified, the default is to search
-	for `sendmail` in `/usr/sbin`, `/usr/lib` and $PATH if such a
+	for `sendmail` in `/usr/sbin`, `/usr/lib` and `$PATH` if such a
 	program is available, falling back to `localhost` otherwise.
 +
 For backward compatibility, this option can also specify a full pathname
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ instead.
 	Specifies a port different from the default port (SMTP
 	servers typically listen to smtp port 25, but may also listen to
 	submission port 587, or the common SSL smtp port 465);
-	symbolic port names (e.g. "submission" instead of 587)
+	symbolic port names (e.g. `submission` instead of 587)
 	are also accepted. The port can also be set with the
 	`sendemail.smtpServerPort` configuration variable.
 
@@ -269,23 +269,25 @@ instead.
 	Default value can be specified by the `sendemail.smtpServerOption`
 	configuration option.
 +
-The --smtp-server-option option must be repeated for each option you want
+The `--smtp-server-option` option must be repeated for each option you want
 to pass to the server. Likewise, different lines in the configuration files
 must be used for each option.
 
 --smtp-ssl::
-	Legacy alias for '--smtp-encryption ssl'.
+	Legacy alias for `--smtp-encryption ssl`.
 
 --smtp-ssl-cert-path::
 	Path to a store of trusted CA certificates for SMTP SSL/TLS
 	certificate validation (either a directory that has been processed
-	by 'c_rehash', or a single file containing one or more PEM format
-	certificates concatenated together: see verify(1) -CAfile and
-	-CApath for more information on these). Set it to an empty string
-	to disable certificate verification. Defaults to the value of the
-	`sendemail.smtpSSLCertPath` configuration variable, if set, or the
-	backing SSL library's compiled-in default otherwise (which should
-	be the best choice on most platforms).
+	by `c_rehash`, or a single file containing one or more PEM format
+	certificates concatenated together: see the description of the
+	`-CAfile` _<file>_ and the `-CApath` _<dir>_ options of
+	https://docs.openssl.org/master/man1/openssl-verify/
+	[OpenSSL's verify(1) manual page] for more information on these).
+	Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification.
+	Defaults to the value of the `sendemail.smtpSSLCertPath` configuration
+	variable, if set, or the backing SSL library's compiled-in default
+	otherwise (which should be the best choice on most platforms).
 
 --smtp-user=<user>::
 	Username for SMTP-AUTH. Default is the value of `sendemail.smtpUser`;
@@ -298,18 +300,18 @@ must be used for each option.
 	connection and authentication problems.
 
 --batch-size=<num>::
-	Some email servers (e.g. smtp.163.com) limit the number emails to be
+	Some email servers (e.g. 'smtp.163.com') limit the number of emails to be
 	sent per session (connection) and this will lead to a failure when
 	sending many messages.  With this option, send-email will disconnect after
-	sending $<num> messages and wait for a few seconds (see --relogin-delay)
-	and reconnect, to work around such a limit.  You may want to
-	use some form of credential helper to avoid having to retype
-	your password every time this happens.  Defaults to the
+	sending _<num>_ messages and wait for a few seconds
+	(see `--relogin-delay`) and reconnect, to work around such a limit.
+	You may want to use some form of credential helper to avoid having to
+	retype your password every time this happens.  Defaults to the
 	`sendemail.smtpBatchSize` configuration variable.
 
 --relogin-delay=<int>::
-	Waiting $<int> seconds before reconnecting to SMTP server. Used together
-	with --batch-size option.  Defaults to the `sendemail.smtpReloginDelay`
+	Waiting _<int>_ seconds before reconnecting to SMTP server. Used together
+	with `--batch-size` option.  Defaults to the `sendemail.smtpReloginDelay`
 	configuration variable.
 
 Automating
@@ -318,7 +320,7 @@ Automating
 --no-to::
 --no-cc::
 --no-bcc::
-	Clears any list of "To:", "Cc:", "Bcc:" addresses previously
+	Clears any list of `To:`, `Cc:`, `Bcc:` addresses previously
 	set via config.
 
 --no-identity::
@@ -327,13 +329,13 @@ Automating
 
 --to-cmd=<command>::
 	Specify a command to execute once per patch file which
-	should generate patch file specific "To:" entries.
+	should generate patch file specific `To:` entries.
 	Output of this command must be single email address per line.
-	Default is the value of 'sendemail.toCmd' configuration value.
+	Default is the value of `sendemail.toCmd` configuration value.
 
 --cc-cmd=<command>::
 	Specify a command to execute once per patch file which
-	should generate patch file specific "Cc:" entries.
+	should generate patch file specific `Cc:` entries.
 	Output of this command must be single email address per line.
 	Default is the value of `sendemail.ccCmd` configuration value.
 
@@ -341,7 +343,7 @@ Automating
 	Specify a command that is executed once per outgoing message
 	and output RFC 2822 style header lines to be inserted into
 	them. When the `sendemail.headerCmd` configuration variable is
-	set, its value is always used. When --header-cmd is provided
+	set, its value is always used. When `--header-cmd` is provided
 	at the command line, its value takes precedence over the
 	`sendemail.headerCmd` configuration variable.
 
@@ -350,7 +352,7 @@ Automating
 
 --[no-]chain-reply-to::
 	If this is set, each email will be sent as a reply to the previous
-	email sent.  If disabled with "--no-chain-reply-to", all emails after
+	email sent.  If disabled with `--no-chain-reply-to`, all emails after
 	the first will be sent as replies to the first email sent.  When using
 	this, it is recommended that the first file given be an overview of the
 	entire patch series. Disabled by default, but the `sendemail.chainReplyTo`
@@ -358,79 +360,80 @@ Automating
 
 --identity=<identity>::
 	A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the
-	'sendemail.<identity>' subsection to take precedence over
-	values in the 'sendemail' section. The default identity is
+	`sendemail.<identity>` subsection to take precedence over
+	values in the `sendemail` section. The default identity is
 	the value of `sendemail.identity`.
 
 --[no-]signed-off-by-cc::
-	If this is set, add emails found in the `Signed-off-by` trailer or Cc: lines to the
-	cc list. Default is the value of `sendemail.signedOffByCc` configuration
-	value; if that is unspecified, default to --signed-off-by-cc.
+	If this is set, add emails found in the `Signed-off-by` trailer or `Cc:`
+	lines to the cc list. Default is the value of `sendemail.signedOffByCc`
+	configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to
+	`--signed-off-by-cc`.
 
 --[no-]cc-cover::
-	If this is set, emails found in Cc: headers in the first patch of
+	If this is set, emails found in `Cc:` headers in the first patch of
 	the series (typically the cover letter) are added to the cc list
-	for each email set. Default is the value of 'sendemail.ccCover'
-	configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-cc-cover.
+	for each email set. Default is the value of `sendemail.ccCover`
+	configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to `--no-cc-cover`.
 
 --[no-]to-cover::
-	If this is set, emails found in To: headers in the first patch of
+	If this is set, emails found in `To:` headers in the first patch of
 	the series (typically the cover letter) are added to the to list
-	for each email set. Default is the value of 'sendemail.toCover'
-	configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-to-cover.
+	for each email set. Default is the value of `sendemail.toCover`
+	configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to `--no-to-cover`.
 
 --suppress-cc=<category>::
 	Specify an additional category of recipients to suppress the
 	auto-cc of:
 +
 --
-- 'author' will avoid including the patch author.
-- 'self' will avoid including the sender.
-- 'cc' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the patch header
-  except for self (use 'self' for that).
-- 'bodycc' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the
-  patch body (commit message) except for self (use 'self' for that).
-- 'sob' will avoid including anyone mentioned in the Signed-off-by trailers except
-  for self (use 'self' for that).
-- 'misc-by' will avoid including anyone mentioned in Acked-by,
+- `author` will avoid including the patch author.
+- `self` will avoid including the sender.
+- `cc` will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the patch header
+  except for self (use `self` for that).
+- `bodycc` will avoid including anyone mentioned in Cc lines in the
+  patch body (commit message) except for self (use `self` for that).
+- `sob` will avoid including anyone mentioned in the Signed-off-by trailers except
+  for self (use `self` for that).
+- `misc-by` will avoid including anyone mentioned in Acked-by,
   Reviewed-by, Tested-by and other "-by" lines in the patch body,
-  except Signed-off-by (use 'sob' for that).
-- 'cccmd' will avoid running the --cc-cmd.
-- 'body' is equivalent to 'sob' + 'bodycc' + 'misc-by'.
-- 'all' will suppress all auto cc values.
+  except Signed-off-by (use `sob` for that).
+- `cccmd` will avoid running the --cc-cmd.
+- `body` is equivalent to `sob` + `bodycc` + `misc-by`.
+- `all` will suppress all auto cc values.
 --
 +
 Default is the value of `sendemail.suppressCc` configuration value; if
-that is unspecified, default to 'self' if --suppress-from is
-specified, as well as 'body' if --no-signed-off-cc is specified.
+that is unspecified, default to `self` if `--suppress-from` is
+specified, as well as `body` if `--no-signed-off-cc` is specified.
 
 --[no-]suppress-from::
-	If this is set, do not add the From: address to the cc: list.
+	If this is set, do not add the `From:` address to the `Cc:` list.
 	Default is the value of `sendemail.suppressFrom` configuration
-	value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-suppress-from.
+	value; if that is unspecified, default to `--no-suppress-from`.
 
 --[no-]thread::
-	If this is set, the In-Reply-To and References headers will be
+	If this is set, the `In-Reply-To` and `References` headers will be
 	added to each email sent.  Whether each mail refers to the
-	previous email (`deep` threading per 'git format-patch'
+	previous email (`deep` threading per `git format-patch`
 	wording) or to the first email (`shallow` threading) is
-	governed by "--[no-]chain-reply-to".
+	governed by `--[no-]chain-reply-to`.
 +
-If disabled with "--no-thread", those headers will not be added
-(unless specified with --in-reply-to).  Default is the value of the
+If disabled with `--no-thread`, those headers will not be added
+(unless specified with `--in-reply-to`).  Default is the value of the
 `sendemail.thread` configuration value; if that is unspecified,
-default to --thread.
+default to `--thread`.
 +
 It is up to the user to ensure that no In-Reply-To header already
-exists when 'git send-email' is asked to add it (especially note that
-'git format-patch' can be configured to do the threading itself).
+exists when `git send-email` is asked to add it (especially note that
+`git format-patch` can be configured to do the threading itself).
 Failure to do so may not produce the expected result in the
 recipient's MUA.
 
 --[no-]mailmap::
 	Use the mailmap file (see linkgit:gitmailmap[5]) to map all
 	addresses to their canonical real name and email address. Additional
-	mailmap data specific to git-send-email may be provided using the
+	mailmap data specific to `git send-email` may be provided using the
 	`sendemail.mailmap.file` or `sendemail.mailmap.blob` configuration
 	values. Defaults to `sendemail.mailmap`.
 
@@ -441,17 +444,17 @@ Administering
 	Confirm just before sending:
 +
 --
-- 'always' will always confirm before sending
-- 'never' will never confirm before sending
-- 'cc' will confirm before sending when send-email has automatically
-  added addresses from the patch to the Cc list
-- 'compose' will confirm before sending the first message when using --compose.
-- 'auto' is equivalent to 'cc' + 'compose'
+- `always` will always confirm before sending.
+- `never` will never confirm before sending.
+- `cc` will confirm before sending when send-email has automatically
+  added addresses from the patch to the Cc list.
+- `compose` will confirm before sending the first message when using --compose.
+- `auto` is equivalent to `cc` + `compose`.
 --
 +
 Default is the value of `sendemail.confirm` configuration value; if that
-is unspecified, default to 'auto' unless any of the suppress options
-have been specified, in which case default to 'compose'.
+is unspecified, default to `auto` unless any of the suppress options
+have been specified, in which case default to `compose`.
 
 --dry-run::
 	Do everything except actually send the emails.
@@ -460,10 +463,10 @@ have been specified, in which case default to 'compose'.
 	When an argument may be understood either as a reference or as a file name,
 	choose to understand it as a format-patch argument (`--format-patch`)
 	or as a file name (`--no-format-patch`). By default, when such a conflict
-	occurs, git send-email will fail.
+	occurs, `git send-email` will fail.
 
 --quiet::
-	Make git-send-email less verbose.  One line per email should be
+	Make `git send-email` less verbose.  One line per email should be
 	all that is output.
 
 --[no-]validate::
@@ -474,7 +477,7 @@ have been specified, in which case default to 'compose'.
 		*	Invoke the sendemail-validate hook if present (see linkgit:githooks[5]).
 		*	Warn of patches that contain lines longer than
 			998 characters unless a suitable transfer encoding
-			('auto', 'base64', or 'quoted-printable') is used;
+			(`auto`, `base64`, or `quoted-printable`) is used;
 			this is due to SMTP limits as described by
 			https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5322.txt.
 --
@@ -493,13 +496,13 @@ Information
 	Instead of the normal operation, dump the shorthand alias names from
 	the configured alias file(s), one per line in alphabetical order. Note
 	that this only includes the alias name and not its expanded email addresses.
-	See 'sendemail.aliasesFile' for more information about aliases.
+	See `sendemail.aliasesFile` for more information about aliases.
 
 --translate-aliases::
 	Instead of the normal operation, read from standard input and
 	interpret each line as an email alias. Translate it according to the
 	configured alias file(s). Output each translated name and email
-	address to standard output, one per line. See 'sendemail.aliasFile'
+	address to standard output, one per line. See `sendemail.aliasFile`
 	for more information about aliases.
 
 CONFIGURATION
@@ -524,15 +527,18 @@ edit `~/.gitconfig` to specify your account settings:
 	smtpServerPort = 587
 ----
 
+Gmail does not allow using your regular password for `git send-email`.
 If you have multi-factor authentication set up on your Gmail account, you can
-generate an app-specific password for use with 'git send-email'. Visit
+generate an app-specific password for use with `git send-email`. Visit
 https://security.google.com/settings/security/apppasswords to create it.
 
-You can also use OAuth2.0 authentication with Gmail. `OAUTHBEARER` and
-`XOAUTH2` are common methods used for this type of authentication. Gmail
-supports both of them. As an example, if you want to use `OAUTHBEARER`, edit
-your `~/.gitconfig` file and add `smtpAuth = OAUTHBEARER` to your account
-settings:
+Alternatively, instead of using an app-specific password, you can use
+OAuth2.0 authentication with Gmail. OAuth2.0 is more secure than
+app-specific passwords, and works regardless of whether you have multi-factor
+authentication set up. `OAUTHBEARER` and `XOAUTH2` are common mechanisms used
+for this type of authentication. Gmail supports both of them. As an example,
+if you want to use `OAUTHBEARER`, edit your `~/.gitconfig` file and add
+`smtpAuth = OAUTHBEARER` to your account settings:
 
 ----
 [sendemail]
@@ -543,11 +549,15 @@ settings:
 	smtpAuth = OAUTHBEARER
 ----
 
+Another alternative is using a tool developed by Google known as
+https://github.com/google/gmail-oauth2-tools/tree/master/go/sendgmail[sendgmail]
+to send emails using `git send-email`.
+
 Use Microsoft Outlook as the SMTP Server
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 Unlike Gmail, Microsoft Outlook no longer supports app-specific passwords.
 Therefore, OAuth2.0 authentication must be used for Outlook. Also, it only
-supports `XOAUTH2` authentication method.
+supports `XOAUTH2` authentication mechanism.
 
 Edit `~/.gitconfig` to specify your account settings for Outlook and use its
 SMTP server with `git send-email`:
@@ -579,8 +589,7 @@ next time.
 
 If you are using OAuth2.0 authentication, you need to use an access token in
 place of a password when prompted. Various OAuth2.0 token generators are
-available online. Community maintained credential helpers for Gmail and Outlook
-are also available:
+available online. Community maintained credential helpers are also available:
 
 	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-gmail]
 	  (cross platform, dedicated helper for authenticating Gmail accounts)
@@ -588,15 +597,65 @@ are also available:
 	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-outlook]
 	  (cross platform, dedicated helper for authenticating Microsoft Outlook accounts)
 
+	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-yahoo]
+	  (cross platform, dedicated helper for authenticating Yahoo accounts)
+
+	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-aol]
+	  (cross platform, dedicated helper for authenticating AOL accounts)
+
 You can also see linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more OAuth based authentication
 helpers.
 
+Proton Mail does not provide an SMTP server to send emails. If you are a paid
+customer of Proton Mail, you can use
+https://proton.me/mail/bridge[Proton Mail Bridge]
+officially provided by Proton Mail to create a local SMTP server for sending
+emails. For both free and paid users, community maintained projects like
+https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-protonmail] can be
+used.
+
 Note: the following core Perl modules that may be installed with your
 distribution of Perl are required:
-MIME::Base64, MIME::QuotedPrint, Net::Domain and Net::SMTP.
-These additional Perl modules are also required:
-Authen::SASL and Mail::Address.
 
+https://metacpan.org/pod/MIME::Base64[MIME::Base64],
+https://metacpan.org/pod/MIME::QuotedPrint[MIME::QuotedPrint],
+https://metacpan.org/pod/Net::Domain[Net::Domain] and
+https://metacpan.org/pod/Net::SMTP[Net::SMTP].
+
+These additional Perl modules are also required:
+
+https://metacpan.org/pod/Authen::SASL[Authen::SASL] and
+https://metacpan.org/pod/Mail::Address[Mail::Address].
+
+Exploiting the `sendmailCmd` option of `git send-email`
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Apart from sending emails via an SMTP server, `git send-email` can also send
+emails through any application that supports sendmail-like commands. You can
+read documentation of `--sendmail-cmd=<command>` above for more information.
+This ability can be very useful if you want to use another application as an
+SMTP client for `git send-email`, or if your email provider uses proprietary
+APIs instead of SMTP to send emails.
+
+As an example, lets see how to configure https://marlam.de/msmtp/[msmtp], a
+popular SMTP client found in many Linux distributions. Edit `~/.gitconfig`
+to instruct `git-send-email` to use it for sending emails.
+
+----
+[sendemail]
+	sendmailCmd = /usr/bin/msmtp # Change this to the path where msmtp is installed
+----
+
+Links of a few such community maintained helpers are:
+
+	- https://marlam.de/msmtp/[msmtp]
+	  (popular SMTP client with many features, available for Linux and macOS)
+
+	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-protonmail]
+	  (cross platform client that can send emails using the ProtonMail API)
+
+	- https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-msgraph]
+	  (cross platform client that can send emails using the Microsoft Graph API)
 
 SEE ALSO
 --------

Documentation/git-stash.adoc

@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@ SYNOPSIS
 'git stash' clear
 'git stash' create [<message>]
 'git stash' store [(-m | --message) <message>] [-q | --quiet] <commit>
+'git stash' export (--print | --to-ref <ref>) [<stash>...]
+'git stash' import <commit>
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -154,6 +156,18 @@ store::
 	reflog.  This is intended to be useful for scripts.  It is
 	probably not the command you want to use; see "push" above.
 
+export ( --print | --to-ref <ref> ) [<stash>...]::
+
+	Export the specified stashes, or all of them if none are specified, to
+	a chain of commits which can be transferred using the normal fetch and
+	push mechanisms, then imported using the `import` subcommand.
+
+import <commit>::
+
+	Import the specified stashes from the specified commit, which must have been
+	created by `export`, and add them to the list of stashes.  To replace the
+	existing stashes, use `clear` first.
+
 OPTIONS
 -------
 -a::
@@ -242,6 +256,19 @@ literally (including newlines and quotes).
 +
 Quiet, suppress feedback messages.
 
+--print::
+	This option is only valid for the `export` command.
++
+Create the chain of commits representing the exported stashes without
+storing it anywhere in the ref namespace and print the object ID to
+standard output.  This is designed for scripts.
+
+--to-ref::
+	This option is only valid for the `export` command.
++
+Create the chain of commits representing the exported stashes and store
+it to the specified ref.
+
 \--::
 	This option is only valid for `push` command.
 +
@@ -259,7 +286,7 @@ For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7].
 
 <stash>::
 	This option is only valid for `apply`, `branch`, `drop`, `pop`,
-	`show` commands.
+	`show`, and `export` commands.
 +
 A reference of the form `stash@{<revision>}`. When no `<stash>` is
 given, the latest stash is assumed (that is, `stash@{0}`).

Documentation/git-stripspace.adoc

@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ OPTIONS
 -------
 -s::
 --strip-comments::
-	Skip and remove all lines starting with a comment character (default '#').
+	Skip and remove all lines starting with a comment character
+	(`core.commentChar`, default `#`).
 
 -c::
 --comment-lines::

Documentation/git-switch.adoc

@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@ git-switch - Switch branches
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git switch' [<options>] [--no-guess] <branch>
-'git switch' [<options>] --detach [<start-point>]
-'git switch' [<options>] (-c|-C) <new-branch> [<start-point>]
-'git switch' [<options>] --orphan <new-branch>
+[synopsis]
+git switch [<options>] [--no-guess] <branch>
+git switch [<options>] --detach [<start-point>]
+git switch [<options>] (-c|-C) <new-branch> [<start-point>]
+git switch [<options>] --orphan <new-branch>
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------
@@ -33,33 +33,33 @@ THIS COMMAND IS EXPERIMENTAL. THE BEHAVIOR MAY CHANGE.
 
 OPTIONS
 -------
-<branch>::
+_<branch>_::
 	Branch to switch to.
 
-<new-branch>::
+_<new-branch>_::
 	Name for the new branch.
 
-<start-point>::
+_<start-point>_::
 	The starting point for the new branch. Specifying a
-	`<start-point>` allows you to create a branch based on some
-	other point in history than where HEAD currently points. (Or,
+	_<start-point>_ allows you to create a branch based on some
+	other point in history than where `HEAD` currently points. (Or,
 	in the case of `--detach`, allows you to inspect and detach
 	from some other point.)
 +
-You can use the `@{-N}` syntax to refer to the N-th last
-branch/commit switched to using "git switch" or "git checkout"
+You can use the `@{-<N>}` syntax to refer to the _<N>_-th last
+branch/commit switched to using `git switch` or `git checkout`
 operation. You may also specify `-` which is synonymous to `@{-1}`.
 This is often used to switch quickly between two branches, or to undo
 a branch switch by mistake.
 +
-As a special case, you may use `A...B` as a shortcut for the merge
-base of `A` and `B` if there is exactly one merge base. You can leave
-out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
+As a special case, you may use `<rev-a>...<rev-b>` as a shortcut for the merge
+base of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_ if there is exactly one merge base. You can leave
+out at most one of _<rev-a>_ and _<rev-b>_, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`.
 
--c <new-branch>::
---create <new-branch>::
-	Create a new branch named `<new-branch>` starting at
-	`<start-point>` before switching to the branch. This is the
+`-c <new-branch>`::
+`--create <new-branch>`::
+	Create a new branch named _<new-branch>_ starting at
+	_<start-point>_ before switching to the branch. This is the
 	transactional equivalent of
 +
 ------------
@@ -67,32 +67,32 @@ $ git branch <new-branch>
 $ git switch <new-branch>
 ------------
 +
-that is to say, the branch is not reset/created unless "git switch" is
+that is to say, the branch is not reset/created unless `git switch` is
 successful (e.g., when the branch is in use in another worktree, not
 just the current branch stays the same, but the branch is not reset to
 the start-point, either).
 
--C <new-branch>::
---force-create <new-branch>::
-	Similar to `--create` except that if `<new-branch>` already
-	exists, it will be reset to `<start-point>`. This is a
+`-C <new-branch>`::
+`--force-create <new-branch>`::
+	Similar to `--create` except that if _<new-branch>_ already
+	exists, it will be reset to _<start-point>_. This is a
 	convenient shortcut for:
 +
 ------------
-$ git branch -f <new-branch>
-$ git switch <new-branch>
+$ git branch -f _<new-branch>_
+$ git switch _<new-branch>_
 ------------
 
--d::
---detach::
+`-d`::
+`--detach`::
 	Switch to a commit for inspection and discardable
 	experiments. See the "DETACHED HEAD" section in
 	linkgit:git-checkout[1] for details.
 
---guess::
---no-guess::
-	If `<branch>` is not found but there does exist a tracking
-	branch in exactly one remote (call it `<remote>`) with a
+`--guess`::
+`--no-guess`::
+	If _<branch>_ is not found but there does exist a tracking
+	branch in exactly one remote (call it _<remote>_) with a
 	matching name, treat as equivalent to
 +
 ------------
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ $ git switch -c <branch> --track <remote>/<branch>
 +
 If the branch exists in multiple remotes and one of them is named by
 the `checkout.defaultRemote` configuration variable, we'll use that
-one for the purposes of disambiguation, even if the `<branch>` isn't
+one for the purposes of disambiguation, even if the _<branch>_ isn't
 unique across all remotes. Set it to e.g. `checkout.defaultRemote=origin`
-to always checkout remote branches from there if `<branch>` is
+to always checkout remote branches from there if _<branch>_ is
 ambiguous but exists on the 'origin' remote. See also
 `checkout.defaultRemote` in linkgit:git-config[1].
 +
@@ -112,19 +112,19 @@ ambiguous but exists on the 'origin' remote. See also
 The default behavior can be set via the `checkout.guess` configuration
 variable.
 
--f::
---force::
+`-f`::
+`--force`::
 	An alias for `--discard-changes`.
 
---discard-changes::
+`--discard-changes`::
 	Proceed even if the index or the working tree differs from
 	`HEAD`. Both the index and working tree are restored to match
 	the switching target. If `--recurse-submodules` is specified,
 	submodule content is also restored to match the switching
 	target. This is used to throw away local changes.
 
--m::
---merge::
+`-m`::
+`--merge`::
 	If you have local modifications to one or more files that are
 	different between the current branch and the branch to which
 	you are switching, the command refuses to switch branches in
@@ -138,25 +138,25 @@ paths are left unmerged, and you need to resolve the conflicts
 and mark the resolved paths with `git add` (or `git rm` if the merge
 should result in deletion of the path).
 
---conflict=<style>::
+`--conflict=<style>`::
 	The same as `--merge` option above, but changes the way the
 	conflicting hunks are presented, overriding the
 	`merge.conflictStyle` configuration variable.  Possible values are
-	"merge" (default), "diff3", and "zdiff3".
+	`merge` (default), `diff3`, and `zdiff3`.
 
--q::
---quiet::
+`-q`::
+`--quiet`::
 	Quiet, suppress feedback messages.
 
---progress::
---no-progress::
+`--progress`::
+`--no-progress`::
 	Progress status is reported on the standard error stream
 	by default when it is attached to a terminal, unless `--quiet`
 	is specified. This flag enables progress reporting even if not
 	attached to a terminal, regardless of `--quiet`.
 
--t::
---track [direct|inherit]::
+`-t`::
+`--track[ (direct|inherit)]`::
 	When creating a new branch, set up "upstream" configuration.
 	`-c` is implied. See `--track` in linkgit:git-branch[1] for
 	details.
@@ -171,22 +171,22 @@ given name has no slash, or the above guessing results in an empty
 name, the guessing is aborted.  You can explicitly give a name with
 `-c` in such a case.
 
---no-track::
+`--no-track`::
 	Do not set up "upstream" configuration, even if the
 	`branch.autoSetupMerge` configuration variable is true.
 
---orphan <new-branch>::
-	Create a new unborn branch, named `<new-branch>`. All
+`--orphan <new-branch>`::
+	Create a new unborn branch, named _<new-branch>_. All
 	tracked files are removed.
 
---ignore-other-worktrees::
+`--ignore-other-worktrees`::
 	`git switch` refuses when the wanted ref is already
 	checked out by another worktree. This option makes it check
 	the ref out anyway. In other words, the ref can be held by
 	more than one worktree.
 
---recurse-submodules::
---no-recurse-submodules::
+`--recurse-submodules`::
+`--no-recurse-submodules`::
 	Using `--recurse-submodules` will update the content of all
 	active submodules according to the commit recorded in the
 	superproject. If nothing (or `--no-recurse-submodules`) is
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ $ git switch -
 ------------
 
 You can grow a new branch from any commit. For example, switch to
-"HEAD~3" and create branch "fixup":
+"`HEAD~3`" and create branch "`fixup`":
 
 ------------
 $ git switch -c fixup HEAD~3
@@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ name:
 
 ------------
 $ git switch new-topic
-Branch 'new-topic' set up to track remote branch 'new-topic' from 'origin'
-Switched to a new branch 'new-topic'
+Branch `new-topic` set up to track remote branch `new-topic` from `origin`
+Switched to a new branch `new-topic`
 ------------
 
 To check out commit `HEAD~3` for temporary inspection or experiment

Documentation/git-whatchanged.adoc

@@ -8,8 +8,14 @@ git-whatchanged - Show logs with differences each commit introduces
 
 SYNOPSIS
 --------
-[verse]
-'git whatchanged' <option>...
+[synopsis]
+git whatchanged <option>...
+
+WARNING
+-------
+`git whatchanged` has been deprecated and is scheduled for removal in
+a future version of Git, as it is merely `git log` with different
+default; `whatchanged` is not even shorter to type than `log --raw`.
 
 DESCRIPTION
 -----------

Documentation/gitcredentials.adoc

@@ -133,10 +133,6 @@ Popular helpers with OAuth support include:
 
     - https://github.com/hickford/git-credential-oauth[git-credential-oauth] (cross platform, included in many Linux distributions)
 
-    - https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-gmail] (cross platform, dedicated helper to authenticate Gmail accounts for linkgit:git-send-email[1])
-
-    - https://github.com/AdityaGarg8/git-credential-email[git-credential-outlook] (cross platform, dedicated helper to authenticate Microsoft Outlook accounts for linkgit:git-send-email[1])
-
 CREDENTIAL CONTEXTS
 -------------------
 

Documentation/gitprotocol-v2.adoc

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ In general a client can request to speak protocol v2 by sending
 `version=2` through the respective side-channel for the transport being
 used which inevitably sets `GIT_PROTOCOL`.  More information can be
 found in linkgit:gitprotocol-pack[5] and linkgit:gitprotocol-http[5], as well as the
-`GIT_PROTOCOL` definition in `git.txt`. In all cases the
+`GIT_PROTOCOL` definition in linkgit:git[1]. In all cases the
 response from the server is the capability advertisement.
 
 Git Transport
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Uses the `--http-backend-info-refs` option to
 linkgit:git-upload-pack[1].
 
 The server may need to be configured to pass this header's contents via
-the `GIT_PROTOCOL` variable. See the discussion in `git-http-backend.txt`.
+the `GIT_PROTOCOL` variable. See the discussion in linkgit:git-http-backend[1].
 
 Capability Advertisement
 ------------------------

Documentation/gitremote-helpers.adoc

@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ set by Git if the remote helper has the 'option' capability.
 	ask for the tag specifically.  Some helpers may be able to
 	use this option to avoid a second network connection.
 
-'option dry-run' {'true'|'false'}:
+'option dry-run' {'true'|'false'}::
 	If true, pretend the operation completed successfully,
 	but don't actually change any repository data.  For most
 	helpers this only applies to the 'push', if supported.

Documentation/glossary-content.adoc

@@ -418,9 +418,8 @@ full pathname may have special meaning:
 
  - A leading "`**`" followed by a slash means match in all
    directories. For example, "`**/foo`" matches file or directory
-   "`foo`" anywhere, the same as pattern "`foo`". "`**/foo/bar`"
-   matches file or directory "`bar`" anywhere that is directly
-   under directory "`foo`".
+   "`foo`" anywhere. "`**/foo/bar`" matches file or directory "`bar`"
+   anywhere that is directly under directory "`foo`".
 
  - A trailing "`/**`" matches everything inside. For example,
    "`abc/**`" matches all files inside directory "abc", relative

Documentation/line-range-format.adoc

@@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
-'<start>' and '<end>' can take one of these forms:
+_<start>_ and _<end>_ can take one of these forms:
 
-- number
+- _<number>_
 +
-If '<start>' or '<end>' is a number, it specifies an
+If _<start>_ or _<end>_ is a number, it specifies an
 absolute line number (lines count from 1).
 +
 
-- `/regex/`
+- `/<regex>/`
 +
 This form will use the first line matching the given
-POSIX regex. If '<start>' is a regex, it will search from the end of
+POSIX _<regex>_. If _<start>_ is a regex, it will search from the end of
 the previous `-L` range, if any, otherwise from the start of file.
-If '<start>' is `^/regex/`, it will search from the start of file.
-If '<end>' is a regex, it will search
-starting at the line given by '<start>'.
+If _<start>_ is `^/<regex>/`, it will search from the start of file.
+If _<end>_ is a regex, it will search starting at the line given by
+_<start>_.
 +
 
-- +offset or -offset
+- `+<offset>` or `-<offset>`
 +
-This is only valid for '<end>' and will specify a number
-of lines before or after the line given by '<start>'.
+This is only valid for _<end>_ and will specify a number
+of lines before or after the line given by _<start>_.
 
 +
-If `:<funcname>` is given in place of '<start>' and '<end>', it is a
+If `:<funcname>` is given in place of _<start>_ and _<end>_, it is a
 regular expression that denotes the range from the first funcname line
-that matches '<funcname>', up to the next funcname line. `:<funcname>`
+that matches _<funcname>_, up to the next funcname line. `:<funcname>`
 searches from the end of the previous `-L` range, if any, otherwise
 from the start of file. `^:<funcname>` searches from the start of
 file. The function names are determined in the same way as `git diff`

Documentation/line-range-options.adoc

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
--L<start>,<end>:<file>::
--L:<funcname>:<file>::
+`-L<start>,<end>:<file>`::
+`-L:<funcname>:<file>`::
 
-	Trace the evolution of the line range given by '<start>,<end>',
-	or by the function name regex '<funcname>', within the '<file>'. You may
+	Trace the evolution of the line range given by `<start>,<end>`,
+	or by the function name regex _<funcname>_, within the _<file>_. You may
 	not give any pathspec limiters.  This is currently limited to
 	a walk starting from a single revision, i.e., you may only
 	give zero or one positive revision arguments, and
-	'<start>' and '<end>' (or '<funcname>') must exist in the starting revision.
+	_<start>_ and _<end>_ (or _<funcname>_) must exist in the starting revision.
 	You can specify this option more than once. Implies `--patch`.
 	Patch output can be suppressed using `--no-patch`, but other diff formats
 	(namely `--raw`, `--numstat`, `--shortstat`, `--dirstat`, `--summary`,

Documentation/merge-options.adoc

@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
---commit::
---no-commit::
+`--commit`::
+`--no-commit`::
 	Perform the merge and commit the result. This option can
-	be used to override --no-commit.
+	be used to override `--no-commit`.
 ifdef::git-pull[]
 	Only useful when merging.
 endif::git-pull[]
 +
-With --no-commit perform the merge and stop just before creating
+With `--no-commit` perform the merge and stop just before creating
 a merge commit, to give the user a chance to inspect and further
 tweak the merge result before committing.
 +
 Note that fast-forward updates do not create a merge commit and
-therefore there is no way to stop those merges with --no-commit.
+therefore there is no way to stop those merges with `--no-commit`.
 Thus, if you want to ensure your branch is not changed or updated
-by the merge command, use --no-ff with --no-commit.
+by the merge command, use `--no-ff` with `--no-commit`.
 
---edit::
--e::
---no-edit::
+`--edit`::
+`-e`::
+`--no-edit`::
 	Invoke an editor before committing successful mechanical merge to
 	further edit the auto-generated merge message, so that the user
 	can explain and justify the merge. The `--no-edit` option can be
@@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ they run `git merge`. To make it easier to adjust such scripts to the
 updated behaviour, the environment variable `GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT` can be
 set to `no` at the beginning of them.
 
---cleanup=<mode>::
+`--cleanup=<mode>`::
 	This option determines how the merge message will be cleaned up before
 	committing. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for more details. In addition, if
-	the '<mode>' is given a value of `scissors`, scissors will be appended
+	the _<mode>_ is given a value of `scissors`, scissors will be appended
 	to `MERGE_MSG` before being passed on to the commit machinery in the
 	case of a merge conflict.
 
 ifdef::git-merge[]
---ff::
---no-ff::
---ff-only::
+`--ff`::
+`--no-ff`::
+`--ff-only`::
 	Specifies how a merge is handled when the merged-in history is
 	already a descendant of the current history.  `--ff` is the
 	default unless merging an annotated (and possibly signed) tag
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ ifdef::git-merge[]
 	hierarchy, in which case `--no-ff` is assumed.
 endif::git-merge[]
 ifdef::git-pull[]
---ff-only::
+`--ff-only`::
 	Only update to the new history if there is no divergent local
 	history.  This is the default when no method for reconciling
 	divergent histories is provided (via the --rebase=* flags).
 
---ff::
---no-ff::
+`--ff`::
+`--no-ff`::
 	When merging rather than rebasing, specifies how a merge is
 	handled when the merged-in history is already a descendant of
 	the current history.  If merging is requested, `--ff` is the
@@ -81,40 +81,43 @@ With `--ff-only`, resolve the merge as a fast-forward when possible.
 When not possible, refuse to merge and exit with a non-zero status.
 endif::git-merge[]
 
--S[<keyid>]::
---gpg-sign[=<keyid>]::
---no-gpg-sign::
-	GPG-sign the resulting merge commit. The `keyid` argument is
+`-S[<key-id>]`::
+`--gpg-sign[=<key-id>]`::
+`--no-gpg-sign`::
+	GPG-sign the resulting merge commit. The _<key-id>_ argument is
 	optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified,
 	it must be stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign`
 	is useful to countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable,
 	and earlier `--gpg-sign`.
 
---log[=<n>]::
---no-log::
+`--log[=<n>]`::
+`--no-log`::
 	In addition to branch names, populate the log message with
-	one-line descriptions from at most <n> actual commits that are being
+	one-line descriptions from at most _<n>_ actual commits that are being
 	merged. See also linkgit:git-fmt-merge-msg[1].
 ifdef::git-pull[]
 	Only useful when merging.
 endif::git-pull[]
 +
-With --no-log do not list one-line descriptions from the
+With `--no-log` do not list one-line descriptions from the
 actual commits being merged.
 
 include::signoff-option.adoc[]
 
---stat::
--n::
---no-stat::
+`--stat`::
+`-n`::
+`--no-stat`::
 	Show a diffstat at the end of the merge. The diffstat is also
 	controlled by the configuration option merge.stat.
 +
-With -n or --no-stat do not show a diffstat at the end of the
+With `-n` or `--no-stat` do not show a diffstat at the end of the
 merge.
 
---squash::
---no-squash::
+`--compact-summary`::
+	Show a compact-summary at the end of the merge.
+
+`--squash`::
+`--no-squash`::
 	Produce the working tree and index state as if a real merge
 	happened (except for the merge information), but do not actually
 	make a commit, move the `HEAD`, or record `$GIT_DIR/MERGE_HEAD`
@@ -123,16 +126,16 @@ merge.
 	the current branch whose effect is the same as merging another
 	branch (or more in case of an octopus).
 +
-With --no-squash perform the merge and commit the result. This
-option can be used to override --squash.
+With `--no-squash` perform the merge and commit the result. This
+option can be used to override `--squash`.
 +
-With --squash, --commit is not allowed, and will fail.
+With `--squash`, `--commit` is not allowed, and will fail.
 ifdef::git-pull[]
 +
 Only useful when merging.
 endif::git-pull[]
 
---[no-]verify::
+`--[no-]verify`::
 	By default, the pre-merge and commit-msg hooks are run.
 	When `--no-verify` is given, these are bypassed.
 	See also linkgit:githooks[5].
@@ -140,21 +143,21 @@ ifdef::git-pull[]
 	Only useful when merging.
 endif::git-pull[]
 
--s <strategy>::
---strategy=<strategy>::
+`-s <strategy>`::
+`--strategy=<strategy>`::
 	Use the given merge strategy; can be supplied more than
 	once to specify them in the order they should be tried.
 	If there is no `-s` option, a built-in list of strategies
 	is used instead (`ort` when merging a single head,
 	`octopus` otherwise).
 
--X <option>::
---strategy-option=<option>::
+`-X <option>`::
+`--strategy-option=<option>`::
 	Pass merge strategy specific option through to the merge
 	strategy.
 
---verify-signatures::
---no-verify-signatures::
+`--verify-signatures`::
+`--no-verify-signatures`::
 	Verify that the tip commit of the side branch being merged is
 	signed with a valid key, i.e. a key that has a valid uid: in the
 	default trust model, this means the signing key has been signed by
@@ -165,22 +168,22 @@ ifdef::git-pull[]
 Only useful when merging.
 endif::git-pull[]
 
---summary::
---no-summary::
-	Synonyms to --stat and --no-stat; these are deprecated and will be
+`--summary`::
+`--no-summary`::
+	Synonyms to `--stat` and `--no-stat`; these are deprecated and will be
 	removed in the future.
 
 ifndef::git-pull[]
--q::
---quiet::
-	Operate quietly. Implies --no-progress.
+`-q`::
+`--quiet`::
+	Operate quietly. Implies `--no-progress`.
 
--v::
---verbose::
+`-v`::
+`--verbose`::
 	Be verbose.
 
---progress::
---no-progress::
+`--progress`::
+`--no-progress`::
 	Turn progress on/off explicitly. If neither is specified,
 	progress is shown if standard error is connected to a terminal.
 	Note that not all merge strategies may support progress
@@ -188,8 +191,8 @@ ifndef::git-pull[]
 
 endif::git-pull[]
 
---autostash::
---no-autostash::
+`--autostash`::
+`--no-autostash`::
 	Automatically create a temporary stash entry before the operation
 	begins, record it in the ref `MERGE_AUTOSTASH`
 	and apply it after the operation ends.  This means
@@ -197,13 +200,13 @@ endif::git-pull[]
 	with care: the final stash application after a successful
 	merge might result in non-trivial conflicts.
 
---allow-unrelated-histories::
+`--allow-unrelated-histories`::
 	By default, `git merge` command refuses to merge histories
 	that do not share a common ancestor.  This option can be
 	used to override this safety when merging histories of two
 	projects that started their lives independently. As that is
 	a very rare occasion, no configuration variable to enable
-	this by default exists and will not be added.
+	this by default exists or will be added.
 ifdef::git-pull[]
 +
 Only useful when merging.

Documentation/merge-strategies.adoc

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ backend 'merge strategies' to be chosen with `-s` option.  Some strategies
 can also take their own options, which can be passed by giving `-X<option>`
 arguments to `git merge` and/or `git pull`.
 
-ort::
+`ort`::
 	This is the default merge strategy when pulling or merging one
 	branch.  This strategy can only resolve two heads using a
 	3-way merge algorithm.  When there is more than one common
@@ -29,26 +29,26 @@ descendant. Otherwise, Git will treat this case as a conflict, suggesting
 as a resolution a submodule commit that is descendant of the conflicting
 ones, if one exists.
 +
-The 'ort' strategy can take the following options:
+The `ort` strategy can take the following options:
 
-ours;;
+`ours`;;
 	This option forces conflicting hunks to be auto-resolved cleanly by
 	favoring 'our' version.  Changes from the other tree that do not
 	conflict with our side are reflected in the merge result.
 	For a binary file, the entire contents are taken from our side.
 +
-This should not be confused with the 'ours' merge strategy, which does not
+This should not be confused with the `ours` merge strategy, which does not
 even look at what the other tree contains at all.  It discards everything
 the other tree did, declaring 'our' history contains all that happened in it.
 
-theirs;;
-	This is the opposite of 'ours'; note that, unlike 'ours', there is
-	no 'theirs' merge strategy to confuse this merge option with.
+`theirs`;;
+	This is the opposite of `ours`; note that, unlike `ours`, there is
+	no `theirs` merge strategy to confuse this merge option with.
 
-ignore-space-change;;
-ignore-all-space;;
-ignore-space-at-eol;;
-ignore-cr-at-eol;;
+`ignore-space-change`;;
+`ignore-all-space`;;
+`ignore-space-at-eol`;;
+`ignore-cr-at-eol`;;
 	Treats lines with the indicated type of whitespace change as
 	unchanged for the sake of a three-way merge.  Whitespace
 	changes mixed with other changes to a line are not ignored.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ ignore-cr-at-eol;;
   version includes a substantial change, 'their' version is used;
 * Otherwise, the merge proceeds in the usual way.
 
-renormalize;;
+`renormalize`;;
 	This runs a virtual check-out and check-in of all three stages
 	of any file which needs a three-way merge.  This option is
 	meant to be used when merging branches with different clean
@@ -69,31 +69,31 @@ renormalize;;
 	branches with differing checkin/checkout attributes" in
 	linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details.
 
-no-renormalize;;
+`no-renormalize`;;
 	Disables the `renormalize` option.  This overrides the
 	`merge.renormalize` configuration variable.
 
-find-renames[=<n>];;
+`find-renames[=<n>]`;;
 	Turn on rename detection, optionally setting the similarity
 	threshold.  This is the default. This overrides the
-	'merge.renames' configuration variable.
+	`merge.renames` configuration variable.
 	See also linkgit:git-diff[1] `--find-renames`.
 
-rename-threshold=<n>;;
+`rename-threshold=<n>`;;
 	Deprecated synonym for `find-renames=<n>`.
 
-no-renames;;
+`no-renames`;;
 	Turn off rename detection. This overrides the `merge.renames`
 	configuration variable.
 	See also linkgit:git-diff[1] `--no-renames`.
 
-histogram;;
+`histogram`;;
 	Deprecated synonym for `diff-algorithm=histogram`.
 
-patience;;
+`patience`;;
 	Deprecated synonym for `diff-algorithm=patience`.
 
-diff-algorithm=[histogram|minimal|myers|patience];;
+`diff-algorithm=(histogram|minimal|myers|patience)`;;
 	Use a different diff algorithm while merging, which can help
 	avoid mismerges that occur due to unimportant matching lines
 	(such as braces from distinct functions).  See also
@@ -101,49 +101,49 @@ diff-algorithm=[histogram|minimal|myers|patience];;
 	defaults to `diff-algorithm=histogram`, while regular diffs
 	currently default to the `diff.algorithm` config setting.
 
-subtree[=<path>];;
+`subtree[=<path>]`;;
 	This option is a more advanced form of 'subtree' strategy, where
 	the strategy makes a guess on how two trees must be shifted to
 	match with each other when merging.  Instead, the specified path
 	is prefixed (or stripped from the beginning) to make the shape of
 	two trees to match.
 
-recursive::
+`recursive`::
 	This is now a synonym for `ort`.  It was an alternative
 	implementation until v2.49.0, but was redirected to mean `ort`
 	in v2.50.0.  The previous recursive strategy was the default
 	strategy for resolving two heads from Git v0.99.9k until
 	v2.33.0.
 
-resolve::
+`resolve`::
 	This can only resolve two heads (i.e. the current branch
 	and another branch you pulled from) using a 3-way merge
 	algorithm.  It tries to carefully detect criss-cross
 	merge ambiguities.  It does not handle renames.
 
-octopus::
+`octopus`::
 	This resolves cases with more than two heads, but refuses to do
 	a complex merge that needs manual resolution.  It is
 	primarily meant to be used for bundling topic branch
 	heads together.  This is the default merge strategy when
 	pulling or merging more than one branch.
 
-ours::
+`ours`::
 	This resolves any number of heads, but the resulting tree of the
 	merge is always that of the current branch head, effectively
 	ignoring all changes from all other branches.  It is meant to
 	be used to supersede old development history of side
-	branches.  Note that this is different from the -Xours option to
-	the 'ort' merge strategy.
+	branches.  Note that this is different from the `-Xours` option to
+	the `ort` merge strategy.
 
-subtree::
+`subtree`::
 	This is a modified `ort` strategy. When merging trees A and
 	B, if B corresponds to a subtree of A, B is first adjusted to
 	match the tree structure of A, instead of reading the trees at
 	the same level. This adjustment is also done to the common
 	ancestor tree.
 
-With the strategies that use 3-way merge (including the default, 'ort'),
+With the strategies that use 3-way merge (including the default, `ort`),
 if a change is made on both branches, but later reverted on one of the
 branches, that change will be present in the merged result; some people find
 this behavior confusing.  It occurs because only the heads and the merge base

Documentation/mergetools/vimdiff.adoc

@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ latter will be used as fallback if the variant-specific one is not set).
 In addition, for backwards compatibility with previous Git versions, you can
 also append `1`, `2` or `3` to either `vimdiff` or any of the variants (ex:
 `vimdiff3`, `nvimdiff1`, etc...) to use a predefined layout.
-In other words, using `--tool=[g,n,]vimdiffx` is the same as using
-`--tool=[g,n,]vimdiff` and setting configuration variable
-`mergetool.[g,n,]vimdiff.layout` to...
+In other words, using `--tool=[g|n]vimdiff<x>` is the same as using
+`--tool=[g|n]vimdiff` and setting configuration variable
+`mergetool.[g|n]vimdiff.layout` to...
 
-  * `x=1`: `"@LOCAL, REMOTE"`
-  * `x=2`: `"LOCAL, MERGED, REMOTE"`
-  * `x=3`: `"MERGED"`
+  * `<x>=1`: `"@LOCAL, REMOTE"`
+  * `<x>=2`: `"LOCAL, MERGED, REMOTE"`
+  * `<x>=3`: `"MERGED"`
 
-Example: using `--tool=gvimdiff2` will open `gvim` with three columns (LOCAL,
-MERGED and REMOTE).
+Example: using `--tool=gvimdiff2` will open `gvim` with three columns (`LOCAL`,
+`MERGED` and `REMOTE`).

Documentation/meson.build

@@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ manpages = {
   'git-verify-tag.adoc' : 1,
   'git-version.adoc' : 1,
   'git-web--browse.adoc' : 1,
-  'git-whatchanged.adoc' : 1,
   'git-worktree.adoc' : 1,
   'git-write-tree.adoc' : 1,
   'git.adoc' : 1,
@@ -207,6 +206,7 @@ manpages = {
 
 manpages_breaking_changes = {
   'git-pack-redundant.adoc' : 1,
+  'git-whatchanged.adoc' : 1,
 }
 
 if not get_option('breaking_changes')
@@ -375,8 +375,7 @@ foreach manpage, category : manpages
       output: fs.stem(manpage) + '.xml',
     )
 
-    manpage_path = fs.stem(manpage) + '.' + category.to_string()
-    manpage_target = custom_target(
+    custom_target(
       command: [
         xmlto,
         '-m', '@INPUT0@',
@@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ foreach manpage, category : manpages
         'manpage-normal.xsl',
         'manpage-bold-literal.xsl',
       ],
-      output: manpage_path,
+      output: fs.stem(manpage) + '.' + category.to_string(),
       install: true,
       install_dir: get_option('mandir') / 'man' + category.to_string(),
     )

Documentation/pretty-formats.adoc

@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ PRETTY FORMATS
 --------------
 
 If the commit is a merge, and if the pretty-format
-is not 'oneline', 'email' or 'raw', an additional line is
-inserted before the 'Author:' line.  This line begins with
+is not `oneline`, `email` or `raw`, an additional line is
+inserted before the `Author:` line.  This line begins with
 "Merge: " and the hashes of ancestral commits are printed,
 separated by spaces.  Note that the listed commits may not
-necessarily be the list of the *direct* parent commits if you
+necessarily be the list of the 'direct' parent commits if you
 have limited your view of history: for example, if you are
 only interested in changes related to a certain directory or
 file.
@@ -14,24 +14,24 @@ file.
 There are several built-in formats, and you can define
 additional formats by setting a pretty.<name>
 config option to either another format name, or a
-'format:' string, as described below (see
+`format:` string, as described below (see
 linkgit:git-config[1]). Here are the details of the
 built-in formats:
 
-* 'oneline'
+* `oneline`
 
 	  <hash> <title-line>
 +
 This is designed to be as compact as possible.
 
-* 'short'
+* `short`
 
 	  commit <hash>
 	  Author: <author>
 
 	      <title-line>
 
-* 'medium'
+* `medium`
 
 	  commit <hash>
 	  Author: <author>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible.
 
 	      <full-commit-message>
 
-* 'full'
+* `full`
 
 	  commit <hash>
 	  Author: <author>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible.
 
 	      <full-commit-message>
 
-* 'fuller'
+* `fuller`
 
 	  commit <hash>
 	  Author:     <author>
@@ -63,18 +63,18 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible.
 
 	       <full-commit-message>
 
-* 'reference'
+* `reference`
 
 	  <abbrev-hash> (<title-line>, <short-author-date>)
 +
 This format is used to refer to another commit in a commit message and
-is the same as `--pretty='format:%C(auto)%h (%s, %ad)'`.  By default,
+is the same as ++--pretty=\'format:%C(auto)%h (%s, %ad)'++.  By default,
 the date is formatted with `--date=short` unless another `--date` option
 is explicitly specified.  As with any `format:` with format
 placeholders, its output is not affected by other options like
 `--decorate` and `--walk-reflogs`.
 
-* 'email'
+* `email`
 
 	  From <hash> <date>
 	  From: <author>
@@ -83,30 +83,30 @@ placeholders, its output is not affected by other options like
 
 	  <full-commit-message>
 
-* 'mboxrd'
+* `mboxrd`
 +
-Like 'email', but lines in the commit message starting with "From "
+Like `email`, but lines in the commit message starting with "From "
 (preceded by zero or more ">") are quoted with ">" so they aren't
 confused as starting a new commit.
 
-* 'raw'
+* `raw`
 +
-The 'raw' format shows the entire commit exactly as
+The `raw` format shows the entire commit exactly as
 stored in the commit object.  Notably, the hashes are
-displayed in full, regardless of whether --abbrev or
---no-abbrev are used, and 'parents' information show the
+displayed in full, regardless of whether `--abbrev` or
+`--no-abbrev` are used, and 'parents' information show the
 true parent commits, without taking grafts or history
 simplification into account. Note that this format affects the way
 commits are displayed, but not the way the diff is shown e.g. with
 `git log --raw`. To get full object names in a raw diff format,
 use `--no-abbrev`.
 
-* 'format:<format-string>'
+* `format:<format-string>`
 +
-The 'format:<format-string>' format allows you to specify which information
+The `format:<format-string>` format allows you to specify which information
 you want to show. It works a little bit like printf format,
-with the notable exception that you get a newline with '%n'
-instead of '\n'.
+with the notable exception that you get a newline with `%n`
+instead of `\n`.
 +
 E.g, 'format:"The author of %h was %an, %ar%nThe title was >>%s<<%n"'
 would show something like this:
@@ -120,158 +120,161 @@ The title was >>t4119: test autocomputing -p<n> for traditional diff input.<<
 The placeholders are:
 
 - Placeholders that expand to a single literal character:
-'%n':: newline
-'%%':: a raw '%'
-'%x00':: '%x' followed by two hexadecimal digits is replaced with a
+++%n++:: newline
+++%%++:: a raw ++%++
+++%x00++:: ++%x++ followed by two hexadecimal digits is replaced with a
 	 byte with the hexadecimal digits' value (we will call this
 	 "literal formatting code" in the rest of this document).
 
 - Placeholders that affect formatting of later placeholders:
-'%Cred':: switch color to red
-'%Cgreen':: switch color to green
-'%Cblue':: switch color to blue
-'%Creset':: reset color
-'%C(...)':: color specification, as described under Values in the
+++%Cred++:: switch color to red
+++%Cgreen++:: switch color to green
+++%Cblue++:: switch color to blue
+++%Creset++:: reset color
+++%C(++_<spec>_++)++:: color specification, as described under Values in the
 	    "CONFIGURATION FILE" section of linkgit:git-config[1].  By
 	    default, colors are shown only when enabled for log output
 	    (by `color.diff`, `color.ui`, or `--color`, and respecting
 	    the `auto` settings of the former if we are going to a
-	    terminal). `%C(auto,...)` is accepted as a historical
-	    synonym for the default (e.g., `%C(auto,red)`). Specifying
-	    `%C(always,...)` will show the colors even when color is
+	    terminal). ++%C(auto,++_<spec>_++)++ is accepted as a historical
+	    synonym for the default (e.g., ++%C(auto,red)++). Specifying
+	    ++%C(always,++_<spec>_++)++ will show the colors even when color is
 	    not otherwise enabled (though consider just using
-	    `--color=always` to enable color for the whole output,
+	    `--color=always` to enable color for the  whole output,
 	    including this format and anything else git might color).
-	    `auto` alone (i.e. `%C(auto)`) will turn on auto coloring
+	    `auto` alone (i.e. ++%C(auto)++) will turn on auto coloring
 	    on the next placeholders until the color is switched
 	    again.
-'%m':: left (`<`), right (`>`) or boundary (`-`) mark
-'%w([<w>[,<i1>[,<i2>]]])':: switch line wrapping, like the -w option of
+++%m++:: left (`<`), right (`>`) or boundary (`-`) mark
+++%w(++`[<w>[,<i1>[,<i2>]]]`++)++:: switch line wrapping, like the `-w` option of
 			    linkgit:git-shortlog[1].
-'%<( <N> [,trunc|ltrunc|mtrunc])':: make the next placeholder take at
+++%<(++`<n>[,(trunc|ltrunc|mtrunc)]`++)++:: make the next placeholder take at
 				  least N column widths, padding spaces on
 				  the right if necessary.  Optionally
-				  truncate (with ellipsis '..') at the left (ltrunc) `..ft`,
+				  truncate (with ellipsis `..`) at the left (ltrunc) `..ft`,
 				  the middle (mtrunc) `mi..le`, or the end
 				  (trunc) `rig..`, if the output is longer than
-				  N columns.
+				  _<n>_ columns.
 				  Note 1: that truncating
-				  only works correctly with N >= 2.
-				  Note 2: spaces around the N and M (see below)
+				  only works correctly with _<n>_ >= 2.
+				  Note 2: spaces around the _<n>_ and _<m>_ (see below)
 				  values are optional.
 				  Note 3: Emojis and other wide characters
 				  will take two display columns, which may
 				  over-run column boundaries.
 				  Note 4: decomposed character combining marks
 				  may be misplaced at padding boundaries.
-'%<|( <M> )':: make the next placeholder take at least until Mth
+++%<|(++_<m>_ ++)++:: make the next placeholder take at least until _<m>_ th
 	     display column, padding spaces on the right if necessary.
-	     Use negative M values for column positions measured
+	     Use negative _<m>_ values for column positions measured
 	     from the right hand edge of the terminal window.
-'%>( <N> )', '%>|( <M> )':: similar to '%<( <N> )', '%<|( <M> )' respectively,
+++%>(++_<n>_++)++::
+++%>|(++_<m>_++)++:: similar to ++%<(++_<n>_++)++, ++%<|(++_<m>_++)++ respectively,
 			but padding spaces on the left
-'%>>( <N> )', '%>>|( <M> )':: similar to '%>( <N> )', '%>|( <M> )'
+++%>>(++_<n>_++)++::
+++%>>|(++_<m>_++)++:: similar to ++%>(++_<n>_++)++, ++%>|(++_<m>_++)++
 			  respectively, except that if the next
 			  placeholder takes more spaces than given and
 			  there are spaces on its left, use those
 			  spaces
-'%><( <N> )', '%><|( <M> )':: similar to '%<( <N> )', '%<|( <M> )'
+++%><(++_<n>_++)++::
+++%><|(++_<m>_++)++:: similar to ++%<(++_<n>_++)++, ++%<|(++_<m>_++)++
 			  respectively, but padding both sides
 			  (i.e. the text is centered)
 
 - Placeholders that expand to information extracted from the commit:
-'%H':: commit hash
-'%h':: abbreviated commit hash
-'%T':: tree hash
-'%t':: abbreviated tree hash
-'%P':: parent hashes
-'%p':: abbreviated parent hashes
-'%an':: author name
-'%aN':: author name (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1]
++%H+:: commit hash
++%h+:: abbreviated commit hash
++%T+:: tree hash
++%t+:: abbreviated tree hash
++%P+:: parent hashes
++%p+:: abbreviated parent hashes
++%an+:: author name
++%aN+:: author name (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1]
 	or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%ae':: author email
-'%aE':: author email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1]
++%ae+:: author email
++%aE+:: author email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1]
 	or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%al':: author email local-part (the part before the '@' sign)
-'%aL':: author local-part (see '%al') respecting .mailmap, see
++%al+:: author email local-part (the part before the `@` sign)
++%aL+:: author local-part (see +%al+) respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%ad':: author date (format respects --date= option)
-'%aD':: author date, RFC2822 style
-'%ar':: author date, relative
-'%at':: author date, UNIX timestamp
-'%ai':: author date, ISO 8601-like format
-'%aI':: author date, strict ISO 8601 format
-'%as':: author date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`)
-'%ah':: author date, human style (like the `--date=human` option of
++%ad+:: author date (format respects --date= option)
++%aD+:: author date, RFC2822 style
++%ar+:: author date, relative
++%at+:: author date, UNIX timestamp
++%ai+:: author date, ISO 8601-like format
++%aI+:: author date, strict ISO 8601 format
++%as+:: author date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`)
++%ah+:: author date, human style (like the `--date=human` option of
 	linkgit:git-rev-list[1])
-'%cn':: committer name
-'%cN':: committer name (respecting .mailmap, see
++%cn+:: committer name
++%cN+:: committer name (respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%ce':: committer email
-'%cE':: committer email (respecting .mailmap, see
++%ce+:: committer email
++%cE+:: committer email (respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%cl':: committer email local-part (the part before the '@' sign)
-'%cL':: committer local-part (see '%cl') respecting .mailmap, see
++%cl+:: committer email local-part (the part before the `@` sign)
++%cL+:: committer local-part (see +%cl+) respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%cd':: committer date (format respects --date= option)
-'%cD':: committer date, RFC2822 style
-'%cr':: committer date, relative
-'%ct':: committer date, UNIX timestamp
-'%ci':: committer date, ISO 8601-like format
-'%cI':: committer date, strict ISO 8601 format
-'%cs':: committer date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`)
-'%ch':: committer date, human style (like the `--date=human` option of
++%cd+:: committer date (format respects --date= option)
++%cD+:: committer date, RFC2822 style
++%cr+:: committer date, relative
++%ct+:: committer date, UNIX timestamp
++%ci+:: committer date, ISO 8601-like format
++%cI+:: committer date, strict ISO 8601 format
++%cs+:: committer date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`)
++%ch+:: committer date, human style (like the `--date=human` option of
 	linkgit:git-rev-list[1])
-'%d':: ref names, like the --decorate option of linkgit:git-log[1]
-'%D':: ref names without the " (", ")" wrapping.
-'%(decorate[:<options>])'::
++%d+:: ref names, like the --decorate option of linkgit:git-log[1]
++%D+:: ref names without the " (", ")" wrapping.
+++%(decorate++`[:<option>,...]`++)++::
 ref names with custom decorations. The `decorate` string may be followed by a
 colon and zero or more comma-separated options. Option values may contain
 literal formatting codes. These must be used for commas (`%x2C`) and closing
 parentheses (`%x29`), due to their role in the option syntax.
 +
-** 'prefix=<value>': Shown before the list of ref names.  Defaults to "{nbsp}`(`".
-** 'suffix=<value>': Shown after the list of ref names.  Defaults to "`)`".
-** 'separator=<value>': Shown between ref names.  Defaults to "`,`{nbsp}".
-** 'pointer=<value>': Shown between HEAD and the branch it points to, if any.
-		      Defaults to "{nbsp}`->`{nbsp}".
-** 'tag=<value>': Shown before tag names. Defaults to "`tag:`{nbsp}".
+** `prefix=<value>`: Shown before the list of ref names.  Defaults to "{nbsp}+(+".
+** `suffix=<value>`: Shown after the list of ref names.  Defaults to "+)+".
+** `separator=<value>`: Shown between ref names.  Defaults to "+,+{nbsp}".
+** `pointer=<value>`: Shown between HEAD and the branch it points to, if any.
+		      Defaults to "{nbsp}+->+{nbsp}".
+** `tag=<value>`: Shown before tag names. Defaults to "`tag:`{nbsp}".
 
 +
 For example, to produce decorations with no wrapping
 or tag annotations, and spaces as separators:
 +
-`%(decorate:prefix=,suffix=,tag=,separator= )`
+++%(decorate:prefix=,suffix=,tag=,separator= )++
 
-'%(describe[:<options>])'::
+++%(describe++`[:<option>,...]`++)++::
 human-readable name, like linkgit:git-describe[1]; empty string for
 undescribable commits.  The `describe` string may be followed by a colon and
 zero or more comma-separated options.  Descriptions can be inconsistent when
 tags are added or removed at the same time.
 +
-** 'tags[=<bool-value>]': Instead of only considering annotated tags,
+** `tags[=<bool-value>]`: Instead of only considering annotated tags,
    consider lightweight tags as well.
-** 'abbrev=<number>': Instead of using the default number of hexadecimal digits
+** `abbrev=<number>`: Instead of using the default number of hexadecimal digits
    (which will vary according to the number of objects in the repository with a
    default of 7) of the abbreviated object name, use <number> digits, or as many
    digits as needed to form a unique object name.
-** 'match=<pattern>': Only consider tags matching the given
-   `glob(7)` pattern, excluding the "refs/tags/" prefix.
-** 'exclude=<pattern>': Do not consider tags matching the given
-   `glob(7)` pattern, excluding the "refs/tags/" prefix.
+** `match=<pattern>`: Only consider tags matching the given
+   `glob(7)` _<pattern>_, excluding the `refs/tags/` prefix.
+** `exclude=<pattern>`: Do not consider tags matching the given
+   `glob(7)` _<pattern>_, excluding the `refs/tags/` prefix.
 
-'%S':: ref name given on the command line by which the commit was reached
++%S+:: ref name given on the command line by which the commit was reached
        (like `git log --source`), only works with `git log`
-'%e':: encoding
-'%s':: subject
-'%f':: sanitized subject line, suitable for a filename
-'%b':: body
-'%B':: raw body (unwrapped subject and body)
++%e+:: encoding
++%s+:: subject
++%f+:: sanitized subject line, suitable for a filename
++%b+:: body
++%B+:: raw body (unwrapped subject and body)
 ifndef::git-rev-list[]
-'%N':: commit notes
++%N+:: commit notes
 endif::git-rev-list[]
-'%GG':: raw verification message from GPG for a signed commit
-'%G?':: show "G" for a good (valid) signature,
++%GG+:: raw verification message from GPG for a signed commit
++%G?+:: show "G" for a good (valid) signature,
 	"B" for a bad signature,
 	"U" for a good signature with unknown validity,
 	"X" for a good signature that has expired,
@@ -279,86 +282,86 @@ endif::git-rev-list[]
 	"R" for a good signature made by a revoked key,
 	"E" if the signature cannot be checked (e.g. missing key)
 	and "N" for no signature
-'%GS':: show the name of the signer for a signed commit
-'%GK':: show the key used to sign a signed commit
-'%GF':: show the fingerprint of the key used to sign a signed commit
-'%GP':: show the fingerprint of the primary key whose subkey was used
++%GS+:: show the name of the signer for a signed commit
++%GK+:: show the key used to sign a signed commit
++%GF+:: show the fingerprint of the key used to sign a signed commit
++%GP+:: show the fingerprint of the primary key whose subkey was used
 	to sign a signed commit
-'%GT':: show the trust level for the key used to sign a signed commit
-'%gD':: reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@{1}` or `refs/stash@{2
++%GT+:: show the trust level for the key used to sign a signed commit
++%gD+:: reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@{1}` or `refs/stash@{2
 	minutes ago}`; the format follows the rules described for the
 	`-g` option. The portion before the `@` is the refname as
 	given on the command line (so `git log -g refs/heads/master`
 	would yield `refs/heads/master@{0}`).
-'%gd':: shortened reflog selector; same as `%gD`, but the refname
++%gd+:: shortened reflog selector; same as `%gD`, but the refname
 	portion is shortened for human readability (so
 	`refs/heads/master` becomes just `master`).
-'%gn':: reflog identity name
-'%gN':: reflog identity name (respecting .mailmap, see
++%gn+:: reflog identity name
++%gN+:: reflog identity name (respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%ge':: reflog identity email
-'%gE':: reflog identity email (respecting .mailmap, see
++%ge+:: reflog identity email
++%gE+:: reflog identity email (respecting .mailmap, see
 	linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1])
-'%gs':: reflog subject
-'%(trailers[:<options>])'::
++%gs+:: reflog subject
+++%(trailers++`[:<option>,...]`++)++::
 display the trailers of the body as interpreted by
 linkgit:git-interpret-trailers[1]. The `trailers` string may be followed by
 a colon and zero or more comma-separated options. If any option is provided
 multiple times, the last occurrence wins.
 +
-** 'key=<key>': only show trailers with specified <key>. Matching is done
+** `key=<key>`: only show trailers with specified <key>. Matching is done
    case-insensitively and trailing colon is optional. If option is
    given multiple times trailer lines matching any of the keys are
    shown. This option automatically enables the `only` option so that
    non-trailer lines in the trailer block are hidden. If that is not
    desired it can be disabled with `only=false`.  E.g.,
-   `%(trailers:key=Reviewed-by)` shows trailer lines with key
+   +%(trailers:key=Reviewed-by)+ shows trailer lines with key
    `Reviewed-by`.
-** 'only[=<bool>]': select whether non-trailer lines from the trailer
+** `only[=<bool>]`: select whether non-trailer lines from the trailer
    block should be included.
-** 'separator=<sep>': specify the separator inserted between trailer
+** `separator=<sep>`: specify the separator inserted between trailer
    lines. Defaults to a line feed character. The string <sep> may contain
    the literal formatting codes described above. To use comma as
    separator one must use `%x2C` as it would otherwise be parsed as
-   next option. E.g., `%(trailers:key=Ticket,separator=%x2C )`
+   next option. E.g., +%(trailers:key=Ticket,separator=%x2C )+
    shows all trailer lines whose key is "Ticket" separated by a comma
    and a space.
-** 'unfold[=<bool>]': make it behave as if interpret-trailer's `--unfold`
+** `unfold[=<bool>]`: make it behave as if interpret-trailer's `--unfold`
    option was given. E.g.,
-   `%(trailers:only,unfold=true)` unfolds and shows all trailer lines.
-** 'keyonly[=<bool>]': only show the key part of the trailer.
-** 'valueonly[=<bool>]': only show the value part of the trailer.
-** 'key_value_separator=<sep>': specify the separator inserted between
+   +%(trailers:only,unfold=true)+ unfolds and shows all trailer lines.
+** `keyonly[=<bool>]`: only show the key part of the trailer.
+** `valueonly[=<bool>]`: only show the value part of the trailer.
+** `key_value_separator=<sep>`: specify the separator inserted between
    the key and value of each trailer. Defaults to ": ". Otherwise it
-   shares the same semantics as 'separator=<sep>' above.
+   shares the same semantics as `separator=<sep>` above.
 
 NOTE: Some placeholders may depend on other options given to the
-revision traversal engine. For example, the `%g*` reflog options will
+revision traversal engine. For example, the +%g*+ reflog options will
 insert an empty string unless we are traversing reflog entries (e.g., by
-`git log -g`). The `%d` and `%D` placeholders will use the "short"
+`git log -g`). The +%d+ and +%D+ placeholders will use the "short"
 decoration format if `--decorate` was not already provided on the command
 line.
 
 The boolean options accept an optional value `[=<bool-value>]`. The
-values taken by `--type=bool` git-config[1], like `yes` and `off`,
+values taken by `--type=bool` linkgit:git-config[1], like `yes` and `off`,
 are all accepted.  Giving a boolean option without `=<value>` is
 equivalent to giving it with `=true`.
 
-If you add a `+` (plus sign) after '%' of a placeholder, a line-feed
+If you add a `+` (plus sign) after +%+ of a placeholder, a line-feed
 is inserted immediately before the expansion if and only if the
 placeholder expands to a non-empty string.
 
-If you add a `-` (minus sign) after '%' of a placeholder, all consecutive
+If you add a `-` (minus sign) after +%+ of a placeholder, all consecutive
 line-feeds immediately preceding the expansion are deleted if and only if the
 placeholder expands to an empty string.
 
-If you add a ` ` (space) after '%' of a placeholder, a space
+If you add a `' '` (space) after +%+ of a placeholder, a space
 is inserted immediately before the expansion if and only if the
 placeholder expands to a non-empty string.
 
-* 'tformat:'
+* `tformat:`
 +
-The 'tformat:' format works exactly like 'format:', except that it
+The `tformat:` format works exactly like `format:`, except that it
 provides "terminator" semantics instead of "separator" semantics. In
 other words, each commit has the message terminator character (usually a
 newline) appended, rather than a separator placed between entries.
@@ -378,7 +381,7 @@ $ git log -2 --pretty=tformat:%h 4da45bef \
 7134973
 ---------------------
 +
-In addition, any unrecognized string that has a `%` in it is interpreted
+In addition, any unrecognized string that has a +%+ in it is interpreted
 as if it has `tformat:` in front of it.  For example, these two are
 equivalent:
 +

Documentation/pretty-options.adoc

@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
---pretty[=<format>]::
---format=<format>::
+`--pretty[=<format>]`::
+`--format=<format>`::
 
 	Pretty-print the contents of the commit logs in a given format,
-	where '<format>' can be one of 'oneline', 'short', 'medium',
-	'full', 'fuller', 'reference', 'email', 'raw', 'format:<string>'
-	and 'tformat:<string>'.  When '<format>' is none of the above,
-	and has '%placeholder' in it, it acts as if
-	'--pretty=tformat:<format>' were given.
+	where '<format>' can be one of `oneline`, `short`, `medium`,
+	`full`, `fuller`, `reference`, `email`, `raw`, `format:<string>`
+	and `tformat:<string>`.  When _<format>_ is none of the above,
+	and has `%<placeholder>` in it, it acts as if
+	`--pretty=tformat:<format>` were given.
 +
 See the "PRETTY FORMATS" section for some additional details for each
-format.  When '=<format>' part is omitted, it defaults to 'medium'.
+format.  When `=<format>` part is omitted, it defaults to `medium`.
 +
-Note: you can specify the default pretty format in the repository
+NOTE: you can specify the default pretty format in the repository
 configuration (see linkgit:git-config[1]).
 
---abbrev-commit::
+`--abbrev-commit`::
 	Instead of showing the full 40-byte hexadecimal commit object
 	name, show a prefix that names the object uniquely.
-	"--abbrev=<n>" (which also modifies diff output, if it is displayed)
+	`--abbrev=<n>` (which also modifies diff output, if it is displayed)
 	option can be used to specify the minimum length of the prefix.
 +
-This should make "--pretty=oneline" a whole lot more readable for
+This should make `--pretty=oneline` a whole lot more readable for
 people using 80-column terminals.
 
---no-abbrev-commit::
+`--no-abbrev-commit`::
 	Show the full 40-byte hexadecimal commit object name. This negates
 	`--abbrev-commit`, either explicit or implied by other options such
-	as "--oneline". It also overrides the `log.abbrevCommit` variable.
+	as `--oneline`. It also overrides the `log.abbrevCommit` variable.
 
---oneline::
-	This is a shorthand for "--pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit"
+`--oneline`::
+	This is a shorthand for `--pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit`
 	used together.
 
---encoding=<encoding>::
+`--encoding=<encoding>`::
 	Commit objects record the character encoding used for the log message
 	in their encoding header; this option can be used to tell the
 	command to re-code the commit log message in the encoding
@@ -44,25 +44,30 @@ people using 80-column terminals.
 	to convert the commit, we will quietly output the original
 	object verbatim.
 
---expand-tabs=<n>::
---expand-tabs::
---no-expand-tabs::
+`--expand-tabs=<n>`::
+`--expand-tabs`::
+`--no-expand-tabs`::
 	Perform a tab expansion (replace each tab with enough spaces
-	to fill to the next display column that is a multiple of '<n>')
+	to fill to the next display column that is a multiple of _<n>_)
 	in the log message before showing it in the output.
 	`--expand-tabs` is a short-hand for `--expand-tabs=8`, and
 	`--no-expand-tabs` is a short-hand for `--expand-tabs=0`,
 	which disables tab expansion.
 +
 By default, tabs are expanded in pretty formats that indent the log
-message by 4 spaces (i.e.  'medium', which is the default, 'full',
-and 'fuller').
+message by 4 spaces (i.e.  `medium`, which is the default, `full`,
+and `fuller`).
 
 ifndef::git-rev-list[]
---notes[=<ref>]::
+`--notes[=<ref>]`::
 	Show the notes (see linkgit:git-notes[1]) that annotate the
 	commit, when showing the commit log message.  This is the default
+ifndef::with-breaking-changes[]
 	for `git log`, `git show` and `git whatchanged` commands when
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
+ifdef::with-breaking-changes[]
+	for `git log` and `git show` commands when
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
 	there is no `--pretty`, `--format`, or `--oneline` option given
 	on the command line.
 +
@@ -75,28 +80,29 @@ to display.  The ref can specify the full refname when it begins
 with `refs/notes/`; when it begins with `notes/`, `refs/` and otherwise
 `refs/notes/` is prefixed to form the full name of the ref.
 +
-Multiple --notes options can be combined to control which notes are
-being displayed. Examples: "--notes=foo" will show only notes from
-"refs/notes/foo"; "--notes=foo --notes" will show both notes from
+Multiple `--notes` options can be combined to control which notes are
+being displayed. Examples: "`--notes=foo`" will show only notes from
+`refs/notes/foo`; "`--notes=foo --notes`" will show both notes from
 "refs/notes/foo" and from the default notes ref(s).
 
---no-notes::
+`--no-notes`::
 	Do not show notes. This negates the above `--notes` option, by
 	resetting the list of notes refs from which notes are shown.
 	Options are parsed in the order given on the command line, so e.g.
-	"--notes --notes=foo --no-notes --notes=bar" will only show notes
-	from "refs/notes/bar".
+	"`--notes --notes=foo --no-notes --notes=bar`" will only show notes
+	from `refs/notes/bar`.
 
---show-notes-by-default::
+`--show-notes-by-default`::
 	Show the default notes unless options for displaying specific
 	notes are given.
 
---show-notes[=<ref>]::
---[no-]standard-notes::
-	These options are deprecated. Use the above --notes/--no-notes
+`--show-notes[=<ref>]`::
+`--standard-notes`::
+`--no-standard-notes`::
+	These options are deprecated. Use the above `--notes`/`--no-notes`
 	options instead.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---show-signature::
+`--show-signature`::
 	Check the validity of a signed commit object by passing the signature
 	to `gpg --verify` and show the output.

Documentation/rerere-options.adoc

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
---rerere-autoupdate::
---no-rerere-autoupdate::
+`--rerere-autoupdate`::
+`--no-rerere-autoupdate`::
 	After the rerere mechanism reuses a recorded resolution on
 	the current conflict to update the files in the working
 	tree, allow it to also update the index with the result of

Documentation/rev-list-description.adoc

@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ endif::git-log[]
 means "list all the commits which are reachable from 'foo' or 'bar', but
 not from 'baz'".
 
-A special notation "'<commit1>'..'<commit2>'" can be used as a
-short-hand for "^'<commit1>' '<commit2>'". For example, either of
+A special notation "`<commit1>..<commit2>`" can be used as a
+short-hand for "`^<commit1> <commit2>`". For example, either of
 the following may be used interchangeably:
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ $ git log HEAD ^origin
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 endif::git-log[]
 
-Another special notation is "'<commit1>'...'<commit2>'" which is useful
+Another special notation is "`<commit1>...<commit2>`" which is useful
 for merges.  The resulting set of commits is the symmetric difference
 between the two operands.  The following two commands are equivalent:
 

Documentation/rev-list-options.adoc

@@ -6,60 +6,60 @@ special notations explained in the description, additional commit
 limiting may be applied.
 
 Using more options generally further limits the output (e.g.
-`--since=<date1>` limits to commits newer than `<date1>`, and using it
+`--since=<date1>` limits to commits newer than _<date1>_, and using it
 with `--grep=<pattern>` further limits to commits whose log message
-has a line that matches `<pattern>`), unless otherwise noted.
+has a line that matches _<pattern>_), unless otherwise noted.
 
 Note that these are applied before commit
 ordering and formatting options, such as `--reverse`.
 
--<number>::
--n <number>::
---max-count=<number>::
-	Limit the number of commits to output.
+`-<number>`::
+`-n <number>`::
+`--max-count=<number>`::
+	Limit the output to _<number>_ commits.
 
---skip=<number>::
-	Skip 'number' commits before starting to show the commit output.
+`--skip=<number>`::
+	Skip _<number>_ commits before starting to show the commit output.
 
---since=<date>::
---after=<date>::
-	Show commits more recent than a specific date.
+`--since=<date>`::
+`--after=<date>`::
+	Show commits more recent than _<date>_.
 
---since-as-filter=<date>::
-	Show all commits more recent than a specific date. This visits
+`--since-as-filter=<date>`::
+	Show all commits more recent than _<date>_. This visits
 	all commits in the range, rather than stopping at the first commit which
-	is older than a specific date.
+	is older than _<date>_.
 
---until=<date>::
---before=<date>::
-	Show commits older than a specific date.
+`--until=<date>`::
+`--before=<date>`::
+	Show commits older than _<date>_.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---max-age=<timestamp>::
---min-age=<timestamp>::
+`--max-age=<timestamp>`::
+`--min-age=<timestamp>`::
 	Limit the commits output to specified time range.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---author=<pattern>::
---committer=<pattern>::
+`--author=<pattern>`::
+`--committer=<pattern>`::
 	Limit the commits output to ones with author/committer
-	header lines that match the specified pattern (regular
-	expression).  With more than one `--author=<pattern>`,
-	commits whose author matches any of the given patterns are
+	header lines that match the _<pattern>_ regular
+	expression.  With more than one `--author=<pattern>`,
+	commits whose author matches any of the _<pattern>_ are
 	chosen (similarly for multiple `--committer=<pattern>`).
 
---grep-reflog=<pattern>::
+`--grep-reflog=<pattern>`::
 	Limit the commits output to ones with reflog entries that
-	match the specified pattern (regular expression). With
+	match the _<pattern>_ regular expression. With
 	more than one `--grep-reflog`, commits whose reflog message
 	matches any of the given patterns are chosen.  It is an
 	error to use this option unless `--walk-reflogs` is in use.
 
---grep=<pattern>::
+`--grep=<pattern>`::
 	Limit the commits output to ones with a log message that
-	matches the specified pattern (regular expression).  With
+	matches the _<pattern>_ regular expression.  With
 	more than one `--grep=<pattern>`, commits whose message
-	matches any of the given patterns are chosen (but see
+	matches any of the _<pattern>_ are chosen (but see
 	`--all-match`).
 ifndef::git-rev-list[]
 +
@@ -67,35 +67,35 @@ When `--notes` is in effect, the message from the notes is
 matched as if it were part of the log message.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---all-match::
+`--all-match`::
 	Limit the commits output to ones that match all given `--grep`,
 	instead of ones that match at least one.
 
---invert-grep::
+`--invert-grep`::
 	Limit the commits output to ones with a log message that do not
-	match the pattern specified with `--grep=<pattern>`.
+	match the _<pattern>_ specified with `--grep=<pattern>`.
 
--i::
---regexp-ignore-case::
+`-i`::
+`--regexp-ignore-case`::
 	Match the regular expression limiting patterns without regard to letter
 	case.
 
---basic-regexp::
+`--basic-regexp`::
 	Consider the limiting patterns to be basic regular expressions;
 	this is the default.
 
--E::
---extended-regexp::
+`-E`::
+`--extended-regexp`::
 	Consider the limiting patterns to be extended regular expressions
 	instead of the default basic regular expressions.
 
--F::
---fixed-strings::
+`-F`::
+`--fixed-strings`::
 	Consider the limiting patterns to be fixed strings (don't interpret
 	pattern as a regular expression).
 
--P::
---perl-regexp::
+`-P`::
+`--perl-regexp`::
 	Consider the limiting patterns to be Perl-compatible regular
 	expressions.
 +
@@ -103,20 +103,20 @@ Support for these types of regular expressions is an optional
 compile-time dependency. If Git wasn't compiled with support for them
 providing this option will cause it to die.
 
---remove-empty::
+`--remove-empty`::
 	Stop when a given path disappears from the tree.
 
---merges::
+`--merges`::
 	Print only merge commits. This is exactly the same as `--min-parents=2`.
 
---no-merges::
+`--no-merges`::
 	Do not print commits with more than one parent. This is
 	exactly the same as `--max-parents=1`.
 
---min-parents=<number>::
---max-parents=<number>::
---no-min-parents::
---no-max-parents::
+`--min-parents=<number>`::
+`--max-parents=<number>`::
+`--no-min-parents`::
+`--no-max-parents`::
 	Show only commits which have at least (or at most) that many parent
 	commits. In particular, `--max-parents=1` is the same as `--no-merges`,
 	`--min-parents=2` is the same as `--merges`.  `--max-parents=0`
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ providing this option will cause it to die.
 again.  Equivalent forms are `--min-parents=0` (any commit has 0 or more
 parents) and `--max-parents=-1` (negative numbers denote no upper limit).
 
---first-parent::
+`--first-parent`::
 	When finding commits to include, follow only the first
 	parent commit upon seeing a merge commit.  This option
 	can give a better overview when viewing the evolution of
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ This option also changes default diff format for merge commits
 to `first-parent`, see `--diff-merges=first-parent` for details.
 endif::git-log[]
 
---exclude-first-parent-only::
+`--exclude-first-parent-only`::
 	When finding commits to exclude (with a '{caret}'), follow only
 	the first parent commit upon seeing a merge commit.
 	This can be used to find the set of changes in a topic branch
 	from the point where it diverged from the remote branch, given
 	that arbitrary merges can be valid topic branch changes.
 
---not::
+`--not`::
 	Reverses the meaning of the '{caret}' prefix (or lack thereof)
 	for all following revision specifiers, up to the next `--not`.
 	When used on the command line before --stdin, the revisions passed
@@ -156,37 +156,37 @@ endif::git-log[]
 	via standard input, the revisions passed on the command line will
 	not be affected by it.
 
---all::
+`--all`::
 	Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/`, along with `HEAD`, are
-	listed on the command line as '<commit>'.
+	listed on the command line as _<commit>_.
 
---branches[=<pattern>]::
+`--branches[=<pattern>]`::
 	Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/heads` are listed
-	on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit
-	branches to ones matching given shell glob. If pattern lacks '?',
+	on the command line as _<commit>_. If _<pattern>_ is given, limit
+	branches to ones matching given shell glob. If _<pattern>_ lacks '?',
 	'{asterisk}', or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied.
 
---tags[=<pattern>]::
+`--tags[=<pattern>]`::
 	Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/tags` are listed
-	on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit
+	on the command line as _<commit>_. If _<pattern>_ is given, limit
 	tags to ones matching given shell glob. If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}',
 	or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied.
 
---remotes[=<pattern>]::
+`--remotes[=<pattern>]`::
 	Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/remotes` are listed
-	on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit
+	on the command line as _<commit>_. If _<pattern>_ is given, limit
 	remote-tracking branches to ones matching given shell glob.
 	If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}', or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied.
 
---glob=<glob-pattern>::
-	Pretend as if all the refs matching shell glob '<glob-pattern>'
-	are listed on the command line as '<commit>'. Leading 'refs/',
+`--glob=<glob-pattern>`::
+	Pretend as if all the refs matching shell glob _<glob-pattern>_
+	are listed on the command line as _<commit>_. Leading 'refs/',
 	is automatically prepended if missing. If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}',
 	or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied.
 
---exclude=<glob-pattern>::
+`--exclude=<glob-pattern>`::
 
-	Do not include refs matching '<glob-pattern>' that the next `--all`,
+	Do not include refs matching _<glob-pattern>_ that the next `--all`,
 	`--branches`, `--tags`, `--remotes`, or `--glob` would otherwise
 	consider. Repetitions of this option accumulate exclusion patterns
 	up to the next `--all`, `--branches`, `--tags`, `--remotes`, or
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ respectively, and they must begin with `refs/` when applied to `--glob`
 or `--all`. If a trailing '/{asterisk}' is intended, it must be given
 explicitly.
 
---exclude-hidden=[fetch|receive|uploadpack]::
+`--exclude-hidden=(fetch|receive|uploadpack)`::
 	Do not include refs that would be hidden by `git-fetch`,
 	`git-receive-pack` or `git-upload-pack` by consulting the appropriate
 	`fetch.hideRefs`, `receive.hideRefs` or `uploadpack.hideRefs`
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ explicitly.
 	linkgit:git-config[1]). This option affects the next pseudo-ref option
 	`--all` or `--glob` and is cleared after processing them.
 
---reflog::
+`--reflog`::
 	Pretend as if all objects mentioned by reflogs are listed on the
-	command line as `<commit>`.
+	command line as _<commit>_.
 
---alternate-refs::
+`--alternate-refs`::
 	Pretend as if all objects mentioned as ref tips of alternate
 	repositories were listed on the command line. An alternate
 	repository is any repository whose object directory is specified
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ explicitly.
 	be modified by `core.alternateRefsCommand`, etc. See
 	linkgit:git-config[1].
 
---single-worktree::
+`--single-worktree`::
 	By default, all working trees will be examined by the
 	following options when there are more than one (see
 	linkgit:git-worktree[1]): `--all`, `--reflog` and
@@ -227,19 +227,19 @@ explicitly.
 	This option forces them to examine the current working tree
 	only.
 
---ignore-missing::
+`--ignore-missing`::
 	Upon seeing an invalid object name in the input, pretend as if
 	the bad input was not given.
 
 ifndef::git-rev-list[]
---bisect::
+`--bisect`::
 	Pretend as if the bad bisection ref `refs/bisect/bad`
 	was listed and as if it was followed by `--not` and the good
 	bisection refs `refs/bisect/good-*` on the command
 	line.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---stdin::
+`--stdin`::
 	In addition to getting arguments from the command line, read
 	them from standard input as well. This accepts commits and
 	pseudo-options like `--all` and `--glob=`. When a `--` separator
@@ -249,15 +249,15 @@ endif::git-rev-list[]
 	influence any subsequent command line arguments.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---quiet::
+`--quiet`::
 	Don't print anything to standard output.  This form
 	is primarily meant to allow the caller to
 	test the exit status to see if a range of objects is fully
 	connected (or not).  It is faster than redirecting stdout
 	to `/dev/null` as the output does not have to be formatted.
 
---disk-usage::
---disk-usage=human::
+`--disk-usage`::
+`--disk-usage=human`::
 	Suppress normal output; instead, print the sum of the bytes used
 	for on-disk storage by the selected commits or objects. This is
 	equivalent to piping the output into `git cat-file
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ ifdef::git-rev-list[]
 	in human-readable string(e.g. 12.24 Kib, 3.50 Mib).
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---cherry-mark::
+`--cherry-mark`::
 	Like `--cherry-pick` (see below) but mark equivalent commits
 	with `=` rather than omitting them, and inequivalent ones with `+`.
 
---cherry-pick::
+`--cherry-pick`::
 	Omit any commit that introduces the same change as
 	another commit on the ``other side'' when the set of
 	commits are limited with symmetric difference.
@@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ cherry-picked from the other branch (for example, ``3rd on b'' may be
 cherry-picked from branch A). With this option, such pairs of commits are
 excluded from the output.
 
---left-only::
---right-only::
+`--left-only`::
+`--right-only`::
 	List only commits on the respective side of a symmetric difference,
 	i.e. only those which would be marked `<` resp. `>` by
 	`--left-right`.
@@ -298,20 +298,20 @@ commits from `B` which are in `A` or are patch-equivalent to a commit in
 More precisely, `--cherry-pick --right-only --no-merges` gives the exact
 list.
 
---cherry::
+`--cherry`::
 	A synonym for `--right-only --cherry-mark --no-merges`; useful to
 	limit the output to the commits on our side and mark those that
 	have been applied to the other side of a forked history with
 	`git log --cherry upstream...mybranch`, similar to
 	`git cherry upstream mybranch`.
 
--g::
---walk-reflogs::
+`-g`::
+`--walk-reflogs`::
 	Instead of walking the commit ancestry chain, walk
 	reflog entries from the most recent one to older ones.
 	When this option is used you cannot specify commits to
-	exclude (that is, '{caret}commit', 'commit1..commit2',
-	and 'commit1\...commit2' notations cannot be used).
+	exclude (that is, `^<commit>`, `<commit1>..<commit2>`,
+	and `<commit1>...<commit2>` notations cannot be used).
 +
 With `--pretty` format other than `oneline` and `reference` (for obvious reasons),
 this causes the output to have two extra lines of information
@@ -340,29 +340,29 @@ See also linkgit:git-reflog[1].
 +
 Under `--pretty=reference`, this information will not be shown at all.
 
---merge::
+`--merge`::
 	Show commits touching conflicted paths in the range `HEAD...<other>`,
 	where `<other>` is the first existing pseudoref in `MERGE_HEAD`,
 	`CHERRY_PICK_HEAD`, `REVERT_HEAD` or `REBASE_HEAD`. Only works
 	when the index has unmerged entries. This option can be used to show
 	relevant commits when resolving conflicts from a 3-way merge.
 
---boundary::
+`--boundary`::
 	Output excluded boundary commits. Boundary commits are
 	prefixed with `-`.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---use-bitmap-index::
+`--use-bitmap-index`::
 
 	Try to speed up the traversal using the pack bitmap index (if
 	one is available). Note that when traversing with `--objects`,
 	trees and blobs will not have their associated path printed.
 
---progress=<header>::
+`--progress=<header>`::
 	Show progress reports on stderr as objects are considered. The
 	`<header>` text will be printed with each progress update.
 
--z::
+`-z`::
 	Instead of being newline-delimited, each outputted object and its
 	accompanying metadata is delimited using NUL bytes. Output is printed
 	in the following form:
@@ -397,56 +397,56 @@ is how to do it, as there are various strategies to simplify the history.
 
 The following options select the commits to be shown:
 
-<paths>::
+`<paths>`::
 	Commits modifying the given <paths> are selected.
 
---simplify-by-decoration::
+`--simplify-by-decoration`::
 	Commits that are referred by some branch or tag are selected.
 
 Note that extra commits can be shown to give a meaningful history.
 
 The following options affect the way the simplification is performed:
 
-Default mode::
+`Default mode`::
 	Simplifies the history to the simplest history explaining the
 	final state of the tree. Simplest because it prunes some side
 	branches if the end result is the same (i.e. merging branches
 	with the same content)
 
---show-pulls::
+`--show-pulls`::
 	Include all commits from the default mode, but also any merge
 	commits that are not TREESAME to the first parent but are
 	TREESAME to a later parent. This mode is helpful for showing
 	the merge commits that "first introduced" a change to a branch.
 
---full-history::
+`--full-history`::
 	Same as the default mode, but does not prune some history.
 
---dense::
+`--dense`::
 	Only the selected commits are shown, plus some to have a
 	meaningful history.
 
---sparse::
+`--sparse`::
 	All commits in the simplified history are shown.
 
---simplify-merges::
+`--simplify-merges`::
 	Additional option to `--full-history` to remove some needless
 	merges from the resulting history, as there are no selected
 	commits contributing to this merge.
 
---ancestry-path[=<commit>]::
-	When given a range of commits to display (e.g. 'commit1..commit2'
-	or 'commit2 {caret}commit1'), and a commit <commit> in that range,
+`--ancestry-path[=<commit>]`::
+	When given a range of commits to display (e.g. `<commit1>..<commit2>`
+	or `<commit2> ^<commit1>`), and a commit _<commit>_ in that range,
 	only display commits in that range
-	that are ancestors of <commit>, descendants of <commit>, or
-	<commit> itself.  If no commit is specified, use 'commit1' (the
-	excluded part of the range) as <commit>.  Can be passed multiple
+	that are ancestors of _<commit>_, descendants of _<commit>_, or
+	_<commit>_ itself.  If no commit is specified, use _<commit1>_ (the
+	excluded part of the range) as _<commit>_.  Can be passed multiple
 	times; if so, a commit is included if it is any of the commits
 	given or if it is an ancestor or descendant of one of them.
 
 A more detailed explanation follows.
 
-Suppose you specified `foo` as the <paths>.  We shall call commits
+Suppose you specified `foo` as the _<paths>_.  We shall call commits
 that modify `foo` !TREESAME, and the rest TREESAME.  (In a diff
 filtered for `foo`, they look different and equal, respectively.)
 
@@ -466,22 +466,22 @@ The horizontal line of history A---Q is taken to be the first parent of
 each merge.  The commits are:
 
 * `I` is the initial commit, in which `foo` exists with contents
-  ``asdf'', and a file `quux` exists with contents ``quux''. Initial
+  `asdf`, and a file `quux` exists with contents `quux`. Initial
   commits are compared to an empty tree, so `I` is !TREESAME.
 
-* In `A`, `foo` contains just ``foo''.
+* In `A`, `foo` contains just `foo`.
 
 * `B` contains the same change as `A`.  Its merge `M` is trivial and
   hence TREESAME to all parents.
 
-* `C` does not change `foo`, but its merge `N` changes it to ``foobar'',
+* `C` does not change `foo`, but its merge `N` changes it to `foobar`,
   so it is not TREESAME to any parent.
 
-* `D` sets `foo` to ``baz''. Its merge `O` combines the strings from
-  `N` and `D` to ``foobarbaz''; i.e., it is not TREESAME to any parent.
+* `D` sets `foo` to `baz`. Its merge `O` combines the strings from
+  `N` and `D` to `foobarbaz`; i.e., it is not TREESAME to any parent.
 
-* `E` changes `quux` to ``xyzzy'', and its merge `P` combines the
-  strings to ``quux xyzzy''. `P` is TREESAME to `O`, but not to `E`.
+* `E` changes `quux` to `xyzzy`, and its merge `P` combines the
+  strings to `quux xyzzy`. `P` is TREESAME to `O`, but not to `E`.
 
 * `X` is an independent root commit that added a new file `side`, and `Y`
   modified it. `Y` is TREESAME to `X`. Its merge `Q` added `side` to `P`, and
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Parent/child relations are only visible with `--parents`, but that does
 not affect the commits selected in default mode, so we have shown the
 parent lines.
 
---full-history without parent rewriting::
+`--full-history` without parent rewriting::
 	This mode differs from the default in one point: always follow
 	all parents of a merge, even if it is TREESAME to one of them.
 	Even if more than one side of the merge has commits that are
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ Note that without parent rewriting, it is not really possible to talk
 about the parent/child relationships between the commits, so we show
 them disconnected.
 
---full-history with parent rewriting::
+`--full-history` with parent rewriting::
 	Ordinary commits are only included if they are !TREESAME
 	(though this can be changed, see `--sparse` below).
 +
@@ -560,18 +560,18 @@ rewritten to contain `E`'s parent `I`.  The same happened for `C` and
 In addition to the above settings, you can change whether TREESAME
 affects inclusion:
 
---dense::
+`--dense`::
 	Commits that are walked are included if they are not TREESAME
 	to any parent.
 
---sparse::
+`--sparse`::
 	All commits that are walked are included.
 +
 Note that without `--full-history`, this still simplifies merges: if
 one of the parents is TREESAME, we follow only that one, so the other
 sides of the merge are never walked.
 
---simplify-merges::
+`--simplify-merges`::
 	First, build a history graph in the same way that
 	`--full-history` with parent rewriting does (see above).
 +
@@ -618,9 +618,9 @@ Note the major differences in `N`, `P`, and `Q` over `--full-history`:
 
 There is another simplification mode available:
 
---ancestry-path[=<commit>]::
+`--ancestry-path[=<commit>]`::
 	Limit the displayed commits to those which are an ancestor of
-	<commit>, or which are a descendant of <commit>, or are <commit>
+	_<commit>_, or which are a descendant of _<commit>_, or are _<commit>_
 	itself.
 +
 As an example use case, consider the following commit history:
@@ -636,15 +636,15 @@ As an example use case, consider the following commit history:
 A regular 'D..M' computes the set of commits that are ancestors of `M`,
 but excludes the ones that are ancestors of `D`. This is useful to see
 what happened to the history leading to `M` since `D`, in the sense
-that ``what does `M` have that did not exist in `D`''. The result in this
+that "what does `M` have that did not exist in `D`". The result in this
 example would be all the commits, except `A` and `B` (and `D` itself,
 of course).
 +
 When we want to find out what commits in `M` are contaminated with the
 bug introduced by `D` and need fixing, however, we might want to view
-only the subset of 'D..M' that are actually descendants of `D`, i.e.
+only the subset of `D..M` that are actually descendants of `D`, i.e.
 excluding `C` and `K`. This is exactly what the `--ancestry-path`
-option does. Applied to the 'D..M' range, it results in:
+option does. Applied to the `D..M` range, it results in:
 +
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 		E-------F
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ option does. Applied to the 'D..M' range, it results in:
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 We can also use `--ancestry-path=D` instead of `--ancestry-path` which
-means the same thing when applied to the 'D..M' range but is just more
+means the same thing when applied to the `D..M` range but is just more
 explicit.
 +
 If we instead are interested in a given topic within this range, and all
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ into the important branch. This commit may have information about why
 the change `X` came to override the changes from `A` and `B` in its
 commit message.
 
---show-pulls::
+`--show-pulls`::
 	In addition to the commits shown in the default history, show
 	each merge commit that is not TREESAME to its first parent but
 	is TREESAME to a later parent.
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ ifdef::git-rev-list[]
 Bisection Helpers
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
---bisect::
+`--bisect`::
 	Limit output to the one commit object which is roughly halfway between
 	included and excluded commits. Note that the bad bisection ref
 	`refs/bisect/bad` is added to the included commits (if it
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ introduces a regression is thus reduced to a binary search: repeatedly
 generate and test new 'midpoint's until the commit chain is of length
 one.
 
---bisect-vars::
+`--bisect-vars`::
 	This calculates the same as `--bisect`, except that refs in
 	`refs/bisect/` are not used, and except that this outputs
 	text ready to be eval'ed by the shell. These lines will assign the
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ one.
 	`bisect_bad`, and the number of commits we are bisecting right now to
 	`bisect_all`.
 
---bisect-all::
+`--bisect-all`::
 	This outputs all the commit objects between the included and excluded
 	commits, ordered by their distance to the included and excluded
 	commits. Refs in `refs/bisect/` are not used. The farthest
@@ -878,15 +878,15 @@ Commit Ordering
 
 By default, the commits are shown in reverse chronological order.
 
---date-order::
+`--date-order`::
 	Show no parents before all of its children are shown, but
 	otherwise show commits in the commit timestamp order.
 
---author-date-order::
+`--author-date-order`::
 	Show no parents before all of its children are shown, but
 	otherwise show commits in the author timestamp order.
 
---topo-order::
+`--topo-order`::
 	Show no parents before all of its children are shown, and
 	avoid showing commits on multiple lines of history
 	intermixed.
@@ -910,8 +910,8 @@ With `--topo-order`, they would show 8 6 5 3 7 4 2 1 (or 8 7 4 2 6 5
 avoid showing the commits from two parallel development track mixed
 together.
 
---reverse::
-	Output the commits chosen to be shown (see Commit Limiting
+`--reverse`::
+	Output the commits chosen to be shown (see 'Commit Limiting'
 	section above) in reverse order. Cannot be combined with
 	`--walk-reflogs`.
 endif::git-shortlog[]
@@ -923,39 +923,39 @@ Object Traversal
 These options are mostly targeted for packing of Git repositories.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---objects::
+`--objects`::
 	Print the object IDs of any object referenced by the listed
-	commits.  `--objects foo ^bar` thus means ``send me
+	commits.  `--objects foo ^bar` thus means "send me
 	all object IDs which I need to download if I have the commit
-	object _bar_ but not _foo_''. See also `--object-names` below.
+	object `bar` but not `foo`". See also `--object-names` below.
 
---in-commit-order::
+`--in-commit-order`::
 	Print tree and blob ids in order of the commits. The tree
 	and blob ids are printed after they are first referenced
 	by a commit.
 
---objects-edge::
+`--objects-edge`::
 	Similar to `--objects`, but also print the IDs of excluded
-	commits prefixed with a ``-'' character.  This is used by
+	commits prefixed with a "`-`" character.  This is used by
 	linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] to build a ``thin'' pack, which records
 	objects in deltified form based on objects contained in these
 	excluded commits to reduce network traffic.
 
---objects-edge-aggressive::
+`--objects-edge-aggressive`::
 	Similar to `--objects-edge`, but it tries harder to find excluded
 	commits at the cost of increased time.  This is used instead of
 	`--objects-edge` to build ``thin'' packs for shallow repositories.
 
---indexed-objects::
+`--indexed-objects`::
 	Pretend as if all trees and blobs used by the index are listed
 	on the command line.  Note that you probably want to use
 	`--objects`, too.
 
---unpacked::
+`--unpacked`::
 	Only useful with `--objects`; print the object IDs that are not
 	in packs.
 
---object-names::
+`--object-names`::
 	Only useful with `--objects`; print the names of the object IDs
 	that are found. This is the default behavior. Note that the
 	"name" of each object is ambiguous, and mostly intended as a
@@ -964,52 +964,52 @@ ifdef::git-rev-list[]
 	to remove newlines; and if an object would appear multiple times
 	with different names, only one name is shown.
 
---no-object-names::
+`--no-object-names`::
 	Only useful with `--objects`; does not print the names of the object
 	IDs that are found. This inverts `--object-names`. This flag allows
 	the output to be more easily parsed by commands such as
 	linkgit:git-cat-file[1].
 
---filter=<filter-spec>::
+`--filter=<filter-spec>`::
 	Only useful with one of the `--objects*`; omits objects (usually
-	blobs) from the list of printed objects.  The '<filter-spec>'
+	blobs) from the list of printed objects.  The _<filter-spec>_
 	may be one of the following:
 +
-The form '--filter=blob:none' omits all blobs.
+The form `--filter=blob:none` omits all blobs.
 +
-The form '--filter=blob:limit=<n>[kmg]' omits blobs of size at least n
-bytes or units.  n may be zero.  The suffixes k, m, and g can be used
-to name units in KiB, MiB, or GiB.  For example, 'blob:limit=1k'
+The form `--filter=blob:limit=<n>[kmg]` omits blobs of size at least _<n>_
+bytes or units.  _<n>_ may be zero.  The suffixes `k`, `m`, and `g` can be used
+to name units in KiB, MiB, or GiB.  For example, `blob:limit=1k`
 is the same as 'blob:limit=1024'.
 +
-The form '--filter=object:type=(tag|commit|tree|blob)' omits all objects
+The form `--filter=object:type=(tag|commit|tree|blob)` omits all objects
 which are not of the requested type.
 +
-The form '--filter=sparse:oid=<blob-ish>' uses a sparse-checkout
-specification contained in the blob (or blob-expression) '<blob-ish>'
+The form `--filter=sparse:oid=<blob-ish>` uses a sparse-checkout
+specification contained in the blob (or blob-expression) _<blob-ish>_
 to omit blobs that would not be required for a sparse checkout on
 the requested refs.
 +
-The form '--filter=tree:<depth>' omits all blobs and trees whose depth
-from the root tree is >= <depth> (minimum depth if an object is located
-at multiple depths in the commits traversed). <depth>=0 will not include
+The form `--filter=tree:<depth>` omits all blobs and trees whose depth
+from the root tree is >= _<depth>_ (minimum depth if an object is located
+at multiple depths in the commits traversed). _<depth>_=0 will not include
 any trees or blobs unless included explicitly in the command-line (or
-standard input when --stdin is used). <depth>=1 will include only the
+standard input when `--stdin` is used). _<depth>_=1 will include only the
 tree and blobs which are referenced directly by a commit reachable from
-<commit> or an explicitly-given object. <depth>=2 is like <depth>=1
+_<commit>_ or an explicitly-given object. _<depth>_=2 is like <depth>=1
 while also including trees and blobs one more level removed from an
 explicitly-given commit or tree.
 +
-Note that the form '--filter=sparse:path=<path>' that wants to read
+Note that the form `--filter=sparse:path=<path>` that wants to read
 from an arbitrary path on the filesystem has been dropped for security
 reasons.
 +
-Multiple '--filter=' flags can be specified to combine filters. Only
+Multiple `--filter=` flags can be specified to combine filters. Only
 objects which are accepted by every filter are included.
 +
-The form '--filter=combine:<filter1>+<filter2>+...<filterN>' can also be
+The form `--filter=combine:<filter1>+<filter2>+...<filterN>` can also be
 used to combined several filters, but this is harder than just repeating
-the '--filter' flag and is usually not necessary. Filters are joined by
+the `--filter` flag and is usually not necessary. Filters are joined by
 '{plus}' and individual filters are %-encoded (i.e. URL-encoded).
 Besides the '{plus}' and '%' characters, the following characters are
 reserved and also must be encoded: `~!@#$^&*()[]{}\;",<>?`+&#39;&#96;+
@@ -1017,52 +1017,52 @@ as well as all characters with ASCII code &lt;= `0x20`, which includes
 space and newline.
 +
 Other arbitrary characters can also be encoded. For instance,
-'combine:tree:3+blob:none' and 'combine:tree%3A3+blob%3Anone' are
+`combine:tree:3+blob:none` and `combine:tree%3A3+blob%3Anone` are
 equivalent.
 
---no-filter::
+`--no-filter`::
 	Turn off any previous `--filter=` argument.
 
---filter-provided-objects::
+`--filter-provided-objects`::
 	Filter the list of explicitly provided objects, which would otherwise
 	always be printed even if they did not match any of the filters. Only
 	useful with `--filter=`.
 
---filter-print-omitted::
+`--filter-print-omitted`::
 	Only useful with `--filter=`; prints a list of the objects omitted
 	by the filter.  Object IDs are prefixed with a ``~'' character.
 
---missing=<missing-action>::
+`--missing=<missing-action>`::
 	A debug option to help with future "partial clone" development.
 	This option specifies how missing objects are handled.
 +
-The form '--missing=error' requests that rev-list stop with an error if
+The form `--missing=error` requests that rev-list stop with an error if
 a missing object is encountered.  This is the default action.
 +
-The form '--missing=allow-any' will allow object traversal to continue
+The form `--missing=allow-any` will allow object traversal to continue
 if a missing object is encountered.  Missing objects will silently be
 omitted from the results.
 +
-The form '--missing=allow-promisor' is like 'allow-any', but will only
+The form `--missing=allow-promisor` is like `allow-any`, but will only
 allow object traversal to continue for EXPECTED promisor missing objects.
 Unexpected missing objects will raise an error.
 +
-The form '--missing=print' is like 'allow-any', but will also print a
+The form `--missing=print` is like `allow-any`, but will also print a
 list of the missing objects.  Object IDs are prefixed with a ``?'' character.
 +
-The form '--missing=print-info' is like 'print', but will also print additional
+The form `--missing=print-info` is like `print`, but will also print additional
 information about the missing object inferred from its containing object. The
 information is all printed on the same line with the missing object ID in the
 form: `?<oid> [<token>=<value>]...`. The `<token>=<value>` pairs containing
-additional information are separated from each other by a SP. The value is
-encoded in a token specific fashion, but SP or LF contained in value are always
+additional information are separated from each other by a _SP_. The value is
+encoded in a token specific fashion, but _SP_ or _LF_ contained in value are always
 expected to be represented in such a way that the resulting encoded value does
 not have either of these two problematic bytes. Each `<token>=<value>` may be
 one of the following:
 +
 --
 * The `path=<path>` shows the path of the missing object inferred from a
-  containing object. A path containing SP or special characters is enclosed in
+  containing object. A path containing _SP_ or special characters is enclosed in
   double-quotes in the C style as needed.
 +
 * The `type=<type>` shows the type of the missing object inferred from a
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ If some tips passed to the traversal are missing, they will be
 considered as missing too, and the traversal will ignore them. In case
 we cannot get their Object ID though, an error will be raised.
 
---exclude-promisor-objects::
+`--exclude-promisor-objects`::
 	(For internal use only.)  Prefilter object traversal at
 	promisor boundary.  This is used with partial clone.  This is
 	stronger than `--missing=allow-promisor` because it limits the
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ we cannot get their Object ID though, an error will be raised.
 	objects.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---no-walk[=(sorted|unsorted)]::
+`--no-walk[=(sorted|unsorted)]`::
 	Only show the given commits, but do not traverse their ancestors.
 	This has no effect if a range is specified. If the argument
 	`unsorted` is given, the commits are shown in the order they were
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ endif::git-rev-list[]
 	by commit time.
 	Cannot be combined with `--graph`.
 
---do-walk::
+`--do-walk`::
 	Overrides a previous `--no-walk`.
 endif::git-shortlog[]
 
@@ -1100,16 +1100,21 @@ Commit Formatting
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
 Using these options, linkgit:git-rev-list[1] will act similar to the
-more specialized family of commit log tools: linkgit:git-log[1],
-linkgit:git-show[1], and linkgit:git-whatchanged[1]
+more specialized family of commit log tools:
+ifndef::with-breaking-changes[]
+linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and linkgit:git-whatchanged[1].
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
+ifdef::with-breaking-changes[]
+linkgit:git-log[1] and linkgit:git-show[1].
+endif::with-breaking-changes[]
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
 include::pretty-options.adoc[]
 
---relative-date::
+`--relative-date`::
 	Synonym for `--date=relative`.
 
---date=<format>::
+`--date=<format>`::
 	Only takes effect for dates shown in human-readable format, such
 	as when using `--pretty`. `log.date` config variable sets a default
 	value for the log command's `--date` option. By default, dates
@@ -1159,12 +1164,12 @@ omitted.
 1970).  As with `--raw`, this is always in UTC and therefore `-local`
 has no effect.
 
-`--date=format:...` feeds the format `...` to your system `strftime`,
-except for %s, %z, and %Z, which are handled internally.
+`--date=format:<format>` feeds the _<format>_ to your system `strftime`,
+except for `%s`, `%z`, and `%Z`, which are handled internally.
 Use `--date=format:%c` to show the date in your system locale's
-preferred format.  See the `strftime` manual for a complete list of
+preferred format.  See the `strftime`(3) manual for a complete list of
 format placeholders. When using `-local`, the correct syntax is
-`--date=format-local:...`.
+`--date=format-local:<format>`.
 
 `--date=default` is the default format, and is based on ctime(3)
 output.  It shows a single line with three-letter day of the week,
@@ -1174,33 +1179,33 @@ the local time zone is used, e.g. `Thu Jan 1 00:00:00 1970 +0000`.
 --
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---header::
+`--header`::
 	Print the contents of the commit in raw-format; each record is
 	separated with a NUL character.
 
---no-commit-header::
+`--no-commit-header`::
 	Suppress the header line containing "commit" and the object ID printed before
 	the specified format.  This has no effect on the built-in formats; only custom
 	formats are affected.
 
---commit-header::
+`--commit-header`::
 	Overrides a previous `--no-commit-header`.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---parents::
+`--parents`::
 	Print also the parents of the commit (in the form "commit parent...").
 	Also enables parent rewriting, see 'History Simplification' above.
 
---children::
+`--children`::
 	Print also the children of the commit (in the form "commit child...").
 	Also enables parent rewriting, see 'History Simplification' above.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---timestamp::
+`--timestamp`::
 	Print the raw commit timestamp.
 endif::git-rev-list[]
 
---left-right::
+`--left-right`::
 	Mark which side of a symmetric difference a commit is reachable from.
 	Commits from the left side are prefixed with `<` and those from
 	the right with `>`.  If combined with `--boundary`, those
@@ -1229,7 +1234,7 @@ you would get an output like this:
 	-xxxxxxx... 1st on a
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---graph::
+`--graph`::
 	Draw a text-based graphical representation of the commit history
 	on the left hand side of the output.  This may cause extra lines
 	to be printed in between commits, in order for the graph history
@@ -1241,15 +1246,15 @@ This enables parent rewriting, see 'History Simplification' above.
 This implies the `--topo-order` option by default, but the
 `--date-order` option may also be specified.
 
---show-linear-break[=<barrier>]::
-	When --graph is not used, all history branches are flattened
+`--show-linear-break[=<barrier>]`::
+	When `--graph` is not used, all history branches are flattened
 	which can make it hard to see that the two consecutive commits
 	do not belong to a linear branch. This option puts a barrier
-	in between them in that case. If `<barrier>` is specified, it
+	in between them in that case. If _<barrier>_ is specified, it
 	is the string that will be shown instead of the default one.
 
 ifdef::git-rev-list[]
---count::
+`--count`::
 	Print a number stating how many commits would have been
 	listed, and suppress all other output.  When used together
 	with `--left-right`, instead print the counts for left and

Documentation/technical/api-path-walk.adoc

@@ -56,6 +56,14 @@ better off using the revision walk API instead.
 	the revision walk so that the walk emits commits marked with the
 	`UNINTERESTING` flag.
 
+`edge_aggressive`::
+	For performance reasons, usually only the boundary commits are
+	explored to find UNINTERESTING objects. However, in the case of
+	shallow clones it can be helpful to mark all trees and blobs
+	reachable from UNINTERESTING tip commits as UNINTERESTING. This
+	matches the behavior of `--objects-edge-aggressive` in the
+	revision API.
+
 `pl`::
 	This pattern list pointer allows focusing the path-walk search to
 	a set of patterns, only emitting paths that match the given
@@ -69,4 +77,5 @@ Examples
 
 See example usages in:
 	`t/helper/test-path-walk.c`,
+	`builtin/pack-objects.c`,
 	`builtin/backfill.c`

Documentation/technical/build-systems.adoc

@@ -32,7 +32,10 @@ that generally have somebody running test pipelines against regularly:
   - OpenBSD
 
 The platforms which must be supported by the tool should be aligned with our
-[platform support policy](platform-support.txt).
+platform support policy (see platform-support.adoc).
+// once we lose AsciiDoc compatibility, we can start writing the above as:
+// xref:platform-support.adoc#platform-support-policy[platform support policy]
+// or something like that, but until then....
 
 === Auto-detection of supported features
 

Documentation/technical/sparse-checkout.adoc

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ sparsity patterns: patterns from $GIT_DIR/info/sparse-checkout used to
 	reasons: (1) users in cone mode specify directories rather than
 	patterns (their directories are transformed into patterns, but
 	users may think you are talking about non-cone mode if you use the
-	word "patterns"), and (b) the sparse specification might
+	word "patterns"), and (2) the sparse specification might
 	transiently differ in the working tree or index from the sparsity
 	patterns (see "Sparse specification vs. sparsity patterns").
 
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ understanding these differences can be beneficial.
       * blame (only matters when one or more -C flags are passed)
 	* and annotate
       * log
-      * whatchanged
+      * whatchanged (may not exist anymore)
       * ls-files
       * diff-index
       * diff-tree

Documentation/user-manual.adoc

@@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ command `git`.  The source side of a builtin is
 - an entry in `BUILTIN_OBJECTS` in the `Makefile`.
 
 Sometimes, more than one builtin is contained in one source file.  For
-example, `cmd_whatchanged()` and `cmd_log()` both reside in `builtin/log.c`,
+example, `cmd_show()` and `cmd_log()` both reside in `builtin/log.c`,
 since they share quite a bit of code.  In that case, the commands which are
 _not_ named like the `.c` file in which they live have to be listed in
 `BUILT_INS` in the `Makefile`.
@@ -4301,11 +4301,11 @@ Now, for the meat:
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         case 0:
-                buf = read_object_with_reference(sha1, argv[1], &size, NULL);
+                buf = odb_read_object_peeled(r->objects, sha1, argv[1], &size, NULL);
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 This is how you read a blob (actually, not only a blob, but any type of
-object).  To know how the function `read_object_with_reference()` actually
+object).  To know how the function `odb_read_object_peeled()` actually
 works, find the source code for it (something like `git grep
 read_object_with | grep ":[a-z]"` in the Git repository), and read
 the source.

GIT-VERSION-GEN

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 
-DEF_VER=v2.50.0-rc0
+DEF_VER=v2.50.GIT
 
 LF='
 '
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ read GIT_MAJOR_VERSION GIT_MINOR_VERSION GIT_MICRO_VERSION GIT_PATCH_LEVEL trail
 $(echo "$GIT_VERSION" 0 0 0 0 | tr '.a-zA-Z-' ' ')
 EOF
 
-REPLACED=$(printf "%s" "$INPUT" | sed -e "s|@GIT_VERSION@|$GIT_VERSION|" \
+REPLACED=$(printf "%s\n" "$INPUT" | sed -e "s|@GIT_VERSION@|$GIT_VERSION|" \
 	-e "s|@GIT_MAJOR_VERSION@|$GIT_MAJOR_VERSION|" \
 	-e "s|@GIT_MINOR_VERSION@|$GIT_MINOR_VERSION|" \
 	-e "s|@GIT_MICRO_VERSION@|$GIT_MICRO_VERSION|" \

Makefile

@@ -114,8 +114,6 @@ include shared.mak
 #
 # Define NO_INTPTR_T if you don't have intptr_t or uintptr_t.
 #
-# Define NO_UINTMAX_T if you don't have uintmax_t.
-#
 # Define NEEDS_SOCKET if linking with libc is not enough (SunOS,
 # Patrick Mauritz).
 #
@@ -1085,8 +1083,8 @@ LIB_OBJS += notes.o
 LIB_OBJS += object-file-convert.o
 LIB_OBJS += object-file.o
 LIB_OBJS += object-name.o
-LIB_OBJS += object-store.o
 LIB_OBJS += object.o
+LIB_OBJS += odb.o
 LIB_OBJS += oid-array.o
 LIB_OBJS += oidmap.o
 LIB_OBJS += oidset.o
@@ -1367,6 +1365,7 @@ CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-prio-queue
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-reftable-tree
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-strbuf
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-strcmp-offset
+CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-string-list
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-strvec
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-trailer
 CLAR_TEST_SUITES += u-urlmatch-normalization
@@ -1918,9 +1917,6 @@ endif
 ifdef NO_INTPTR_T
 	COMPAT_CFLAGS += -DNO_INTPTR_T
 endif
-ifdef NO_UINTMAX_T
-	BASIC_CFLAGS += -Duintmax_t=uint32_t
-endif
 ifdef NO_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
 ifdef NO_IPV6
 	BASIC_CFLAGS += -Dsockaddr_storage=sockaddr_in
@@ -3473,11 +3469,14 @@ endif
 coccicheck-test: $(COCCI_TEST_RES_GEN)
 
 coccicheck: coccicheck-test
+
 ifdef SPATCH_CONCAT_COCCI
-coccicheck: contrib/coccinelle/ALL.cocci.patch
+COCCICHECK_PATCH_MUST_BE_EMPTY_FILES = contrib/coccinelle/ALL.cocci.patch
 else
-coccicheck: $(COCCICHECK_PATCHES_INTREE)
+COCCICHECK_PATCH_MUST_BE_EMPTY_FILES = $(COCCICHECK_PATCHES_INTREE)
 endif
+coccicheck: $(COCCICHECK_PATCH_MUST_BE_EMPTY_FILES)
+	! grep -q ^ $(COCCICHECK_PATCH_MUST_BE_EMPTY_FILES) /dev/null
 
 # See contrib/coccinelle/README
 coccicheck-pending: coccicheck-test

RelNotes

@@ -1 +1 @@
-Documentation/RelNotes/2.50.0.adoc
+Documentation/RelNotes/2.51.0.adoc

apply.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #include "abspath.h"
 #include "base85.h"
 #include "config.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "delta.h"
 #include "diff.h"
 #include "dir.h"
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ static void reverse_patches(struct patch *p)
 		struct fragment *frag = p->fragments;
 
 		SWAP(p->new_name, p->old_name);
-		if (p->new_mode)
+		if (p->new_mode || p->is_delete)
 			SWAP(p->new_mode, p->old_mode);
 		SWAP(p->is_new, p->is_delete);
 		SWAP(p->lines_added, p->lines_deleted);
@@ -3204,14 +3204,14 @@ static int apply_binary(struct apply_state *state,
 		return 0; /* deletion patch */
 	}
 
-	if (has_object(the_repository, &oid, 0)) {
+	if (odb_has_object(the_repository->objects, &oid, 0)) {
 		/* We already have the postimage */
 		enum object_type type;
 		unsigned long size;
 		char *result;
 
-		result = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, &oid, &type,
-					       &size);
+		result = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, &oid,
+					 &type, &size);
 		if (!result)
 			return error(_("the necessary postimage %s for "
 				       "'%s' cannot be read"),
@@ -3273,8 +3273,8 @@ static int read_blob_object(struct strbuf *buf, const struct object_id *oid, uns
 		unsigned long sz;
 		char *result;
 
-		result = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, oid, &type,
-					       &sz);
+		result = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, oid,
+					 &type, &sz);
 		if (!result)
 			return -1;
 		/* XXX read_sha1_file NUL-terminates */
@@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ static int resolve_to(struct image *image, const struct object_id *result_id)
 
 	image_clear(image);
 
-	data = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, result_id, &type, &size);
+	data = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, result_id, &type, &size);
 	if (!data || type != OBJ_BLOB)
 		die("unable to read blob object %s", oid_to_hex(result_id));
 	strbuf_attach(&image->buf, data, size, size + 1);
@@ -4565,7 +4565,7 @@ static int create_file(struct apply_state *state, struct patch *patch)
 
 	if (patch->conflicted_threeway)
 		return add_conflicted_stages_file(state, patch);
-	else if (state->update_index)
+	else if (state->check_index || (state->ita_only && patch->is_new > 0))
 		return add_index_file(state, path, mode, buf, size);
 	return 0;
 }
@@ -4833,7 +4833,7 @@ static int apply_patch(struct apply_state *state,
 					       LOCK_DIE_ON_ERROR);
 	}
 
-	if (state->check_index && read_apply_cache(state) < 0) {
+	if ((state->check_index || state->update_index) && read_apply_cache(state) < 0) {
 		error(_("unable to read index file"));
 		res = -128;
 		goto end;

archive-tar.c

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 #include "hex.h"
 #include "tar.h"
 #include "archive.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "strbuf.h"
 #include "streaming.h"
 #include "run-command.h"

archive-zip.c

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include "hex.h"
 #include "streaming.h"
 #include "utf8.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "strbuf.h"
 #include "userdiff.h"
 #include "write-or-die.h"

archive.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #include "pretty.h"
 #include "setup.h"
 #include "refs.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "commit.h"
 #include "tree.h"
 #include "tree-walk.h"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static void *object_file_to_archive(const struct archiver_args *args,
 			       (args->tree ? &args->tree->object.oid : NULL), oid);
 
 	path += args->baselen;
-	buffer = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, oid, type, sizep);
+	buffer = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, oid, type, sizep);
 	if (buffer && S_ISREG(mode)) {
 		struct strbuf buf = STRBUF_INIT;
 		size_t size = 0;
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ static int write_archive_entry(const struct object_id *oid, const char *base,
 
 	/* Stream it? */
 	if (S_ISREG(mode) && !args->convert &&
-	    oid_object_info(args->repo, oid, &size) == OBJ_BLOB &&
+	    odb_read_object_info(args->repo->objects, oid, &size) == OBJ_BLOB &&
 	    size > repo_settings_get_big_file_threshold(the_repository))
 		return write_entry(args, oid, path.buf, path.len, mode, NULL, size);
 

attr.c

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "read-cache-ll.h"
 #include "refs.h"
 #include "revision.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "setup.h"
 #include "thread-utils.h"
 #include "tree-walk.h"
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ static struct attr_stack *read_attr_from_blob(struct index_state *istate,
 	if (get_tree_entry(istate->repo, tree_oid, path, &oid, &mode))
 		return NULL;
 
-	buf = repo_read_object_file(istate->repo, &oid, &type, &sz);
+	buf = odb_read_object(istate->repo->objects, &oid, &type, &sz);
 	if (!buf || type != OBJ_BLOB) {
 		free(buf);
 		return NULL;

bisect.c

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #include "commit-slab.h"
 #include "commit-reach.h"
 #include "object-name.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "path.h"
 #include "dir.h"
 
@@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ static void show_list(const char *debug, int counted, int nr,
 		unsigned commit_flags = commit->object.flags;
 		enum object_type type;
 		unsigned long size;
-		char *buf = repo_read_object_file(the_repository,
-						  &commit->object.oid, &type,
-						  &size);
+		char *buf = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects,
+					    &commit->object.oid, &type,
+					    &size);
 		const char *subject_start;
 		int subject_len;
 

blame.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
 #include "git-compat-util.h"
 #include "refs.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "cache-tree.h"
 #include "mergesort.h"
 #include "commit.h"
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ static void verify_working_tree_path(struct repository *r,
 		unsigned short mode;
 
 		if (!get_tree_entry(r, commit_oid, path, &blob_oid, &mode) &&
-		    oid_object_info(r, &blob_oid, NULL) == OBJ_BLOB)
+		    odb_read_object_info(r->objects, &blob_oid, NULL) == OBJ_BLOB)
 			return;
 	}
 
@@ -277,7 +277,8 @@ static struct commit *fake_working_tree_commit(struct repository *r,
 	convert_to_git(r->index, path, buf.buf, buf.len, &buf, 0);
 	origin->file.ptr = buf.buf;
 	origin->file.size = buf.len;
-	pretend_object_file(the_repository, buf.buf, buf.len, OBJ_BLOB, &origin->blob_oid);
+	odb_pretend_object(the_repository->objects, buf.buf, buf.len,
+			   OBJ_BLOB, &origin->blob_oid);
 
 	/*
 	 * Read the current index, replace the path entry with
@@ -1041,9 +1042,9 @@ static void fill_origin_blob(struct diff_options *opt,
 				    &o->blob_oid, 1, &file->ptr, &file_size))
 			;
 		else
-			file->ptr = repo_read_object_file(the_repository,
-							  &o->blob_oid, &type,
-							  &file_size);
+			file->ptr = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects,
+						    &o->blob_oid, &type,
+						    &file_size);
 		file->size = file_size;
 
 		if (!file->ptr)
@@ -1245,7 +1246,7 @@ static int fill_blob_sha1_and_mode(struct repository *r,
 		return 0;
 	if (get_tree_entry(r, &origin->commit->object.oid, origin->path, &origin->blob_oid, &origin->mode))
 		goto error_out;
-	if (oid_object_info(r, &origin->blob_oid, NULL) != OBJ_BLOB)
+	if (odb_read_object_info(r->objects, &origin->blob_oid, NULL) != OBJ_BLOB)
 		goto error_out;
 	return 0;
  error_out:
@@ -2869,10 +2870,9 @@ void setup_scoreboard(struct blame_scoreboard *sb,
 				    &sb->final_buf_size))
 			;
 		else
-			sb->final_buf = repo_read_object_file(the_repository,
-							      &o->blob_oid,
-							      &type,
-							      &sb->final_buf_size);
+			sb->final_buf = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects,
+							&o->blob_oid, &type,
+							&sb->final_buf_size);
 
 		if (!sb->final_buf)
 			die(_("cannot read blob %s for path %s"),

branch.c

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ static int inherit_tracking(struct tracking *tracking, const char *orig_ref)
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (branch->merge_nr < 1 || !branch->merge_name || !branch->merge_name[0]) {
+	if (branch->merge_nr < 1 || !branch->merge || !branch->merge[0] || !branch->merge[0]->src) {
 		warning(_("asked to inherit tracking from '%s', but no merge configuration is set"),
 			bare_ref);
 		return -1;
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ static int inherit_tracking(struct tracking *tracking, const char *orig_ref)
 
 	tracking->remote = branch->remote_name;
 	for (i = 0; i < branch->merge_nr; i++)
-		string_list_append(tracking->srcs, branch->merge_name[i]);
+		string_list_append(tracking->srcs, branch->merge[i]->src);
 	return 0;
 }
 

builtin/am.c

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ static void am_setup(struct am_state *state, enum patch_format patch_format,
 
 	if (!patch_format) {
 		fprintf_ln(stderr, _("Patch format detection failed."));
-		exit(128);
+		die(NULL);
 	}
 
 	if (mkdir(state->dir, 0777) < 0 && errno != EEXIST)
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ static void NORETURN die_user_resolve(const struct am_state *state)
 		strbuf_release(&sb);
 	}
 
-	exit(128);
+	die(NULL);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -2406,6 +2406,7 @@ int cmd_am(int argc,
 			.type = OPTION_CALLBACK,
 			.long_name = "show-current-patch",
 			.value = &resume_mode,
+			.precision = sizeof(resume_mode),
 			.argh = "(diff|raw)",
 			.help = N_("show the patch being applied"),
 			.flags = PARSE_OPT_CMDMODE | PARSE_OPT_OPTARG | PARSE_OPT_NONEG | PARSE_OPT_LITERAL_ARGHELP,

builtin/apply.c

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ int cmd_apply(int argc,
 	 * cf. https://lore.kernel.org/git/xmqqcypfcmn4.fsf@gitster.g/
 	 */
 	if (!the_hash_algo)
-		repo_set_hash_algo(the_repository, GIT_HASH_SHA1);
+		repo_set_hash_algo(the_repository, GIT_HASH_DEFAULT);
 
 	argc = apply_parse_options(argc, argv,
 				   &state, &force_apply, &options,

builtin/backfill.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 #include "tree.h"
 #include "tree-walk.h"
 #include "object.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "oid-array.h"
 #include "oidset.h"
 #include "promisor-remote.h"
@@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ static int fill_missing_blobs(const char *path UNUSED,
 		return 0;
 
 	for (size_t i = 0; i < list->nr; i++) {
-		if (!has_object(ctx->repo, &list->oid[i],
-				OBJECT_INFO_FOR_PREFETCH))
+		if (!odb_has_object(ctx->repo->objects, &list->oid[i],
+				    OBJECT_INFO_FOR_PREFETCH))
 			oid_array_append(&ctx->current_batch, &list->oid[i]);
 	}
 

builtin/blame.c

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #include "line-log.h"
 #include "progress.h"
 #include "object-name.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "pager.h"
 #include "blame.h"
 #include "refs.h"
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ static int is_a_rev(const char *name)
 
 	if (repo_get_oid(the_repository, name, &oid))
 		return 0;
-	return OBJ_NONE < oid_object_info(the_repository, &oid, NULL);
+	return OBJ_NONE < odb_read_object_info(the_repository->objects, &oid, NULL);
 }
 
 static int peel_to_commit_oid(struct object_id *oid_ret, void *cbdata)
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ static int peel_to_commit_oid(struct object_id *oid_ret, void *cbdata)
 	oidcpy(&oid, oid_ret);
 	while (1) {
 		struct object *obj;
-		int kind = oid_object_info(r, &oid, NULL);
+		int kind = odb_read_object_info(r->objects, &oid, NULL);
 		if (kind == OBJ_COMMIT) {
 			oidcpy(oid_ret, &oid);
 			return 0;

builtin/cat-file.c

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "pack-bitmap.h"
 #include "object-file.h"
 #include "object-name.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "replace-object.h"
 #include "promisor-remote.h"
 #include "mailmap.h"
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static int filter_object(const char *path, unsigned mode,
 {
 	enum object_type type;
 
-	*buf = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, oid, &type, size);
+	*buf = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, oid, &type, size);
 	if (!*buf)
 		return error(_("cannot read object %s '%s'"),
 			     oid_to_hex(oid), path);
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 	switch (opt) {
 	case 't':
 		oi.typep = &type;
-		if (oid_object_info_extended(the_repository, &oid, &oi, flags) < 0)
+		if (odb_read_object_info_extended(the_repository->objects, &oid, &oi, flags) < 0)
 			die("git cat-file: could not get object info");
 		printf("%s\n", type_name(type));
 		ret = 0;
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 			oi.contentp = (void**)&buf;
 		}
 
-		if (oid_object_info_extended(the_repository, &oid, &oi, flags) < 0)
+		if (odb_read_object_info_extended(the_repository->objects, &oid, &oi, flags) < 0)
 			die("git cat-file: could not get object info");
 
 		if (use_mailmap && (type == OBJ_COMMIT || type == OBJ_TAG)) {
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 		goto cleanup;
 
 	case 'e':
-		ret = !has_object(the_repository, &oid,
-				  HAS_OBJECT_RECHECK_PACKED | HAS_OBJECT_FETCH_PROMISOR);
+		ret = !odb_has_object(the_repository->objects, &oid,
+				      HAS_OBJECT_RECHECK_PACKED | HAS_OBJECT_FETCH_PROMISOR);
 		goto cleanup;
 
 	case 'w':
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 		/* else fallthrough */
 
 	case 'p':
-		type = oid_object_info(the_repository, &oid, NULL);
+		type = odb_read_object_info(the_repository->objects, &oid, NULL);
 		if (type < 0)
 			die("Not a valid object name %s", obj_name);
 
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 			ret = stream_blob(&oid);
 			goto cleanup;
 		}
-		buf = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, &oid, &type,
-					    &size);
+		buf = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, &oid,
+				      &type, &size);
 		if (!buf)
 			die("Cannot read object %s", obj_name);
 
@@ -217,11 +217,10 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 
 		if (exp_type_id == OBJ_BLOB) {
 			struct object_id blob_oid;
-			if (oid_object_info(the_repository, &oid, NULL) == OBJ_TAG) {
-				char *buffer = repo_read_object_file(the_repository,
-								     &oid,
-								     &type,
-								     &size);
+			if (odb_read_object_info(the_repository->objects,
+						 &oid, NULL) == OBJ_TAG) {
+				char *buffer = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects,
+							       &oid, &type, &size);
 				const char *target;
 
 				if (!buffer)
@@ -235,7 +234,8 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 			} else
 				oidcpy(&blob_oid, &oid);
 
-			if (oid_object_info(the_repository, &blob_oid, NULL) == OBJ_BLOB) {
+			if (odb_read_object_info(the_repository->objects,
+						 &blob_oid, NULL) == OBJ_BLOB) {
 				ret = stream_blob(&blob_oid);
 				goto cleanup;
 			}
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ static int cat_one_file(int opt, const char *exp_type, const char *obj_name)
 			 * fall-back to the usual case.
 			 */
 		}
-		buf = read_object_with_reference(the_repository, &oid,
-						 exp_type_id, &size, NULL);
+		buf = odb_read_object_peeled(the_repository->objects, &oid,
+					     exp_type_id, &size, NULL);
 
 		if (use_mailmap) {
 			size_t s = size;
@@ -275,6 +275,7 @@ struct expand_data {
 	struct object_id oid;
 	enum object_type type;
 	unsigned long size;
+	unsigned short mode;
 	off_t disk_size;
 	const char *rest;
 	struct object_id delta_base_oid;
@@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ struct expand_data {
 
 	/*
 	 * After a mark_query run, this object_info is set up to be
-	 * passed to oid_object_info_extended. It will point to the data
+	 * passed to odb_read_object_info_extended. It will point to the data
 	 * elements above, so you can retrieve the response from there.
 	 */
 	struct object_info info;
@@ -306,6 +307,7 @@ struct expand_data {
 	 */
 	unsigned skip_object_info : 1;
 };
+#define EXPAND_DATA_INIT  { .mode = S_IFINVALID }
 
 static int is_atom(const char *atom, const char *s, int slen)
 {
@@ -345,6 +347,9 @@ static int expand_atom(struct strbuf *sb, const char *atom, int len,
 		else
 			strbuf_addstr(sb,
 				      oid_to_hex(&data->delta_base_oid));
+	} else if (is_atom("objectmode", atom, len)) {
+		if (!data->mark_query && !(S_IFINVALID == data->mode))
+			strbuf_addf(sb, "%06o", data->mode);
 	} else
 		return 0;
 	return 1;
@@ -401,10 +406,8 @@ static void print_object_or_die(struct batch_options *opt, struct expand_data *d
 				if (!textconv_object(the_repository,
 						     data->rest, 0100644, oid,
 						     1, &contents, &size))
-					contents = repo_read_object_file(the_repository,
-									 oid,
-									 &type,
-									 &size);
+					contents = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects,
+								   oid, &type, &size);
 				if (!contents)
 					die("could not convert '%s' %s",
 					    oid_to_hex(oid), data->rest);
@@ -421,8 +424,8 @@ static void print_object_or_die(struct batch_options *opt, struct expand_data *d
 		unsigned long size;
 		void *contents;
 
-		contents = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, oid, &type,
-						 &size);
+		contents = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, oid,
+					   &type, &size);
 		if (!contents)
 			die("object %s disappeared", oid_to_hex(oid));
 
@@ -484,14 +487,17 @@ static void batch_object_write(const char *obj_name,
 			data->info.sizep = &data->size;
 
 		if (pack)
-			ret = packed_object_info(the_repository, pack, offset,
-						 &data->info);
+			ret = packed_object_info(the_repository, pack,
+						 offset, &data->info);
 		else
-			ret = oid_object_info_extended(the_repository,
-						       &data->oid, &data->info,
-						       OBJECT_INFO_LOOKUP_REPLACE);
+			ret = odb_read_object_info_extended(the_repository->objects,
+							    &data->oid, &data->info,
+							    OBJECT_INFO_LOOKUP_REPLACE);
 		if (ret < 0) {
-			report_object_status(opt, obj_name, &data->oid, "missing");
+			if (data->mode == S_IFGITLINK)
+				report_object_status(opt, oid_to_hex(&data->oid), &data->oid, "submodule");
+			else
+				report_object_status(opt, obj_name, &data->oid, "missing");
 			return;
 		}
 
@@ -531,8 +537,8 @@ static void batch_object_write(const char *obj_name,
 			size_t s = data->size;
 			char *buf = NULL;
 
-			buf = repo_read_object_file(the_repository, &data->oid, &data->type,
-						    &data->size);
+			buf = odb_read_object(the_repository->objects, &data->oid,
+					      &data->type, &data->size);
 			if (!buf)
 				die(_("unable to read %s"), oid_to_hex(&data->oid));
 			buf = replace_idents_using_mailmap(buf, &s);
@@ -613,6 +619,7 @@ static void batch_one_object(const char *obj_name,
 		goto out;
 	}
 
+	data->mode = ctx.mode;
 	batch_object_write(obj_name, scratch, opt, data, NULL, 0);
 
 out:
@@ -866,16 +873,15 @@ static int batch_objects(struct batch_options *opt)
 {
 	struct strbuf input = STRBUF_INIT;
 	struct strbuf output = STRBUF_INIT;
-	struct expand_data data;
+	struct expand_data data = EXPAND_DATA_INIT;
 	int save_warning;
 	int retval = 0;
 
 	/*
 	 * Expand once with our special mark_query flag, which will prime the
-	 * object_info to be handed to oid_object_info_extended for each
+	 * object_info to be handed to odb_read_object_info_extended for each
 	 * object.
 	 */
-	memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
 	data.mark_query = 1;
 	expand_format(&output,
 		      opt->format ? opt->format : DEFAULT_FORMAT,

builtin/checkout.c

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #include "merge-ort-wrappers.h"
 #include "object-file.h"
 #include "object-name.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "parse-options.h"
 #include "path.h"
 #include "preload-index.h"
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ static int merge_working_tree(const struct checkout_opts *opts,
 		init_tree_desc(&trees[0], &tree->object.oid,
 			       tree->buffer, tree->size);
 		if (parse_tree(new_tree) < 0)
-			exit(128);
+			die(NULL);
 		tree = new_tree;
 		init_tree_desc(&trees[1], &tree->object.oid,
 			       tree->buffer, tree->size);
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ static int merge_working_tree(const struct checkout_opts *opts,
 						     work,
 						     old_tree);
 			if (ret < 0)
-				exit(128);
+				die(NULL);
 			ret = reset_tree(new_tree,
 					 opts, 0,
 					 writeout_error, new_branch_info);

builtin/clone.c

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include "refs.h"
 #include "refspec.h"
 #include "object-file.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "tree.h"
 #include "tree-walk.h"
 #include "unpack-trees.h"
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ static int add_one_reference(struct string_list_item *item, void *cb_data)
 	} else {
 		struct strbuf sb = STRBUF_INIT;
 		strbuf_addf(&sb, "%s/objects", ref_git);
-		add_to_alternates_file(sb.buf);
+		odb_add_to_alternates_file(the_repository->objects, sb.buf);
 		strbuf_release(&sb);
 	}
 
@@ -212,12 +212,14 @@ static void copy_alternates(struct strbuf *src, const char *src_repo)
 		if (!line.len || line.buf[0] == '#')
 			continue;
 		if (is_absolute_path(line.buf)) {
-			add_to_alternates_file(line.buf);
+			odb_add_to_alternates_file(the_repository->objects,
+						   line.buf);
 			continue;
 		}
 		abs_path = mkpathdup("%s/objects/%s", src_repo, line.buf);
 		if (!normalize_path_copy(abs_path, abs_path))
-			add_to_alternates_file(abs_path);
+			odb_add_to_alternates_file(the_repository->objects,
+						   abs_path);
 		else
 			warning("skipping invalid relative alternate: %s/%s",
 				src_repo, line.buf);
@@ -352,7 +354,7 @@ static void clone_local(const char *src_repo, const char *dest_repo)
 		struct strbuf alt = STRBUF_INIT;
 		get_common_dir(&alt, src_repo);
 		strbuf_addstr(&alt, "/objects");
-		add_to_alternates_file(alt.buf);
+		odb_add_to_alternates_file(the_repository->objects, alt.buf);
 		strbuf_release(&alt);
 	} else {
 		struct strbuf src = STRBUF_INIT;
@@ -504,7 +506,7 @@ static void write_followtags(const struct ref *refs, const char *msg)
 			continue;
 		if (ends_with(ref->name, "^{}"))
 			continue;
-		if (!has_object(the_repository, &ref->old_oid, 0))
+		if (!odb_has_object(the_repository->objects, &ref->old_oid, 0))
 			continue;
 		refs_update_ref(get_main_ref_store(the_repository), msg,
 				ref->name, &ref->old_oid, NULL, 0,

builtin/commit-graph.c

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 #include "hex.h"
 #include "parse-options.h"
 #include "commit-graph.h"
-#include "object-store.h"
+#include "odb.h"
 #include "progress.h"
 #include "replace-object.h"
 #include "strbuf.h"
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static int graph_verify(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 			struct repository *repo UNUSED)
 {
 	struct commit_graph *graph = NULL;
-	struct object_directory *odb = NULL;
+	struct odb_source *source = NULL;
 	char *graph_name;
 	char *chain_name;
 	enum { OPENED_NONE, OPENED_GRAPH, OPENED_CHAIN } opened = OPENED_NONE;
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ static int graph_verify(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 	if (opts.progress)
 		flags |= COMMIT_GRAPH_WRITE_PROGRESS;
 
-	odb = find_odb(the_repository, opts.obj_dir);
-	graph_name = get_commit_graph_filename(odb);
-	chain_name = get_commit_graph_chain_filename(odb);
+	source = odb_find_source(the_repository->objects, opts.obj_dir);
+	graph_name = get_commit_graph_filename(source);
+	chain_name = get_commit_graph_chain_filename(source);
 	if (open_commit_graph(graph_name, &fd, &st))
 		opened = OPENED_GRAPH;
 	else if (errno != ENOENT)
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ static int graph_verify(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 	if (opened == OPENED_NONE)
 		return 0;
 	else if (opened == OPENED_GRAPH)
-		graph = load_commit_graph_one_fd_st(the_repository, fd, &st, odb);
+		graph = load_commit_graph_one_fd_st(the_repository, fd, &st, source);
 	else
 		graph = load_commit_graph_chain_fd_st(the_repository, fd, &st,
 						      &incomplete_chain);
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ static int graph_write(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 	struct string_list pack_indexes = STRING_LIST_INIT_DUP;
 	struct strbuf buf = STRBUF_INIT;
 	struct oidset commits = OIDSET_INIT;
-	struct object_directory *odb = NULL;
+	struct odb_source *source = NULL;
 	int result = 0;
 	enum commit_graph_write_flags flags = 0;
 	struct progress *progress = NULL;
@@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ static int graph_write(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 	    git_env_bool(GIT_TEST_COMMIT_GRAPH_CHANGED_PATHS, 0))
 		flags |= COMMIT_GRAPH_WRITE_BLOOM_FILTERS;
 
-	odb = find_odb(the_repository, opts.obj_dir);
+	source = odb_find_source(the_repository->objects, opts.obj_dir);
 
 	if (opts.reachable) {
-		if (write_commit_graph_reachable(odb, flags, &write_opts))
+		if (write_commit_graph_reachable(source, flags, &write_opts))
 			result = 1;
 		goto cleanup;
 	}
@@ -311,6 +311,7 @@ static int graph_write(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 		while (strbuf_getline(&buf, stdin) != EOF) {
 			if (read_one_commit(&commits, progress, buf.buf)) {
 				result = 1;
+				stop_progress(&progress);
 				goto cleanup;
 			}
 		}
@@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ static int graph_write(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix,
 		stop_progress(&progress);
 	}
 
-	if (write_commit_graph(odb,
+	if (write_commit_graph(source,
 			       opts.stdin_packs ? &pack_indexes : NULL,
 			       opts.stdin_commits ? &commits : NULL,
 			       flags,